Home

Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement

1. sss 162 Narda Xpress CAL eese tennttnntttnntonn 100 4 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF SAFETY TRAINING RF Radiation Regulations Seminars and Courses Videos DVDs A narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 5 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN RF Safety Training The 1996 Telecommunications Act Mandates RF Radiation Regulations September 1 2000 the Federal Communications Commission s FCC RF Radiation Exposure Regulations became effective for ALL communications sites These regulations point out several problems that must be solved by each organization in the wireless industry Problem How will you know what you need to comply to the new regulations How will you determine and designate potential hazards for your employees An Occupational Controlled classification imposes fewer operational restrictions How can you get your sites classified as Occupational environment Do you need to make field strength measurements at each site Solution A written RF Radiation RFR Safety Program is all but mandated it s also the simplest place to begin Using the new FCC regu
2. a The correction factors determined individually during calibration are stored in an EEPROM and are applied automatically when used in conjunction with the SRM basic unit b Typical measurement dynamic range for 10 dB signal to noise ratio RBW 1 kHz Typical Values d Extended to 10 C to 50 C e The SRM basic unit applies linear interpolation between reference points narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us 55 Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Antenna Uncertainty THREE AXIS E FIELD ANTENNA supplied antenna Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit separate measurement of a single axis P Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit for isotropic result Measurement Range Limit for single CW signal Max Measurement Range in conjunction with the SRM basic unit Damage Overload Level Extended Measurement Uncertainty P in conjunction with SRM basic unit and 1 5 m RF cable Calibration Uncertainty 25 uV m at 900 MHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 40 V m at 2 1 GHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 40 uV m at 900 MHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 70 uV m at 2 1 GHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 300 V m 1000 V m for f lt 110 MHz
3. 12V DC 2 5 A Recommended Calibration Interval 2002 96 EG 27 01 2003 WEEE Yes 29 g m 9396 at 30 C 6 2 Ibs 2 8 kg including rechargeable cell 11 7 x 8 4 x 3 1 inches 297 x 213 x 77 mm Color Display TFT LCD 7 inch 152 x 91 mm 800 x 480 pixels Optical 115 2 kbaud USB 2 0 Earphone Lithium Ion rechargeable battery typical 2 5 hour operating time Charged using external power supply AC DC adapter DIN 45323 Input 9 15V 24 months Measurement Principle Detection Filter Type Resolution Bandwidth RBW 6 dB Video Bandwidth VBW Measurement Range Setting MR Result Type Time Averaging Axis Noise Suppression Selective level measurement at a fixed frequency setting Peak RMS integration time 480 ms observation time selectable from 480 ms up to 30 minutes Steep cutoff channel filter 40 kHz to 32 MHz 10 steps per decade 4 Hz to 32 MHz depending on the selected RBW Set individually from a list or using the MR Search function for determining the optimal measurement range at a given time Peak ACT Displays the current actual value Peak MAX Maximum hold function RMS ACT Average over a defined time 0 48 seconds to 30 minutes RMS MAX Maximum hold function for the averaged values with RMS detector only SAVG Spatial averaging option in Value display mode Selectable from 0 96 seconds up to 30 minutes 0 96 s 1 2 5 2 4 s 3 6 s 6 5125 18 s 30 s 1
4. Calibration Repairs Replacement Parts Services Provided While it is neither practical nor possible to service some very old models Narda continues to calibrate almost all the radi ation safety products that it has built since 1980 The most common services provided are calibration repair and the supply of spare parts The following pages describe capabilities and procedures The section How To Obtain Service is important Please follow the guidelines in that section they allow Narda to provide you with the quickest possible service Please use the form on page 101 to expedite service Capabilities Narda Safety Test Solutions Hauppauge New York Narda can calibrate any model RF safety product it has ever built We also provide calibration services for a limited num ber of competitive models We can usually repair almost any damaged unit providing that parts are available Parts avail ability is rarely an issue for any item that is less than 15 years old see Repair Categories Narda can calibrate probes under CW conditions at the fol lowing frequencies 3 kHz to 1100 MHz any frequency 1700 MHz to 40 GHz any frequency At 45 5 GHz Narda Safety Test Solutions 435 Moreland Road Hauppauge NY 11788 Attention Customer Service Tel 631 231 1700 Fax 631 231 1711 Narda Safety Test Solutions Pfullingen Germany Narda Safety Test Solutions Sandwiesenstr 7 D 72793 Pfullingen Germany Tel 49 7121 9732 777 F
5. Model Number Search Use Acrobat Navigational Aids Make sure Bookmarks are turned on for optimal navigation USA 435 Moreland Road Hauppauge NY 11788 Tel 1 631 231 1700 Fax 1 631 231 1711 E Mail NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us GERMANY Sandwiesenstrasse 7 72793 Pfullingen Germany Tel 49 0 7121 97 32 777 Fax 49 0 7121 97 32 790 E Mail support narda sts de www narda sts de www narda sts us ITALY Via Leonardo da Vinci 21 23 20090 Segrate Milano ITALY Tel 39 02 26952421 Fax 39 02 26952406 E Mail support 9 narda sts it www narda sts it AN RF Safety Products 4 SEES T Narda Safety Test Solutions is the name of the world leader in non ionizing radiation safety equipment In February 2000 Narda acquired the Safety Test Solutions business from Wavetek Wandel amp Goltermann To give more focus to the RF safety business and to separate it from Narda s business in components and networks a new division was formed Narda Safety TestSolutions which combinesthe expertise and comple mentary product lines of both operations Narda STS holds more than 9596 of the patents in the industry Products are now avail able to accurately measure electromagnetic fields from a few Hertz to over 100 GHz as well as static magnetic fields RF per sonal monitors cover 100 kHz to 100 GHz and area monitors detect energy from 50 Hz to 100 GHz User Support Narda STS User Support Includes Equi
6. 200 V m without restrictions for total span of 27 MHz to 3 GHz 1000 V m Single Axis Frequency Range Measurement Isotropic Measurement with Isotropic Antenna 27 85 MHz 2 4 3 3 dB 3 2 4 7 dB 85 900 MHz 2 4 3 4 dB 2 5 3 6 dB 900 1400 MHz 2 3 3 1 dB t2 3 4 dB 1400 1600 MHz 2 3 3 1 dB 2 6 3 8 dB 1600 1800 MHz 1 8 2 3 dB 2 2 3 0 dB 1800 2200 MHz 1 8 2 3 dB 2 4 3 3 dB 2200 2700 MHz 1 9 2 4 dB 2 7 3 8 dB 2700 3000 MHz 1 9 2 4 dB 3 3 5 3 dB 1 5 dB THREE AXIS E FIELD ANTENNA 3502 01 Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit separate measurement of a single axis Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit for isotropic result Measurement Range Limit for single CW signal Max Measurement Range in conjunction with the SRM basic unit Extended Measurement Uncertainty P in conjunction with SRM basic unit and 1 5 m RF cable Calibration Uncertainty 33 uV m at 900 MHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 25 uV m at 2 1 GHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 60 uV m at 900 MHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 43 uV m at 2 1 GHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 200 V m 160 V m without restrictions for total span of 420 MHz to 6 GHz Single Axis Frequency Range Measurement Isotropic Measurement with Isotropic Antenna 420 750 MHz 2 1 2 9 dB 2
7. 6 hours 40 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EHP 50D Electric Field and Magnetic Flux Density Analyzer External DC Supply 10 to 15 VDC approx 500 mA Optical Fiber Connection Up to 40 m USB OC Up to 80 m 8053 OC Firmware Update Via the USB or RS232 optical link Self Test Automatic at Power On Operating Temperature 20 to 55 C Operating Relative Humidity 0 to 95 without condensation Charging Temperature 0 to 40 C Storage Temperature 30 to 75 C Tripod Support Threaded insert 14 Dimensions 92x92x 109 mm Weight 550g Recommended Calibration Interval 24 months Ordering Information EHP 50D Ordering Number EHP 50D Electric and Magnetic Field Analyzer Set 5Hz 100kHz for NBM 550 Includes EHP 50D Basic Unit 2404 01 AC DC Battery Charger 2259 92 08 it includes international AC plugs adapters Europlug CEE 7 16 UK USA Australia FO 10USB Optical Fiber Cable 10m for Opt USB Converter 2260 91 11 O E Converter USB RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 2404 101 Optical Bridge Connector 2260 91 10 Tripod Extension 0 50m non conductive 2244 90 45 EHP TS PC Software CD ROM including user manual 2404 93 01 Foam Inserts for fitting EHP 50D into the NBM 550 hard case 2404 90 01 Calibration Certificate
8. permeability The ratio of the magnetic flux density produced in a material to the magnetic field strength which produced it The units of u are the Henry meter 1 H 1 volt amp sec The permeability of free space uo has a value of 1 257 x 10 H m permissible exposure level PEL sible exposure MPE See maximum permis permittivity The ratio of the electric flux density in a me dium to the electric field strength producing it The units of are the farad meter coulomb volt meter C nt m The permittivity of free space o has a value of 8 855 x 10 7F m The dielectric constant K sometimes also given as Ej is the relative permittivity of a particular medium as compared to free space polarization Polarization of an electromagnetic wave is characterized by the oscillatory behavior and orientation of the electric field vector A wave referred to as being linearly polarized means that the electric field vector varies in ampli tude in only one direction as it travels It is conventional to describe polarization in terms of the electric field only not the magnetic field An electromagnetic wave may exhibit linear circular elliptical or random polarization such as in a light bulb A receiver of electromagnetic radiation must have the same sense of polarization as the incoming wave for it to be detected most efficiently Poynting s vector P For an electromagnetic wave the power density at any
9. 6 46 kg AC Power Cord Manual Calibration Certificate NOTES Only for basic instrument probes are specified separately narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 89 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Ordering Information NBM 580 Broadband Radiation Meter NBM 580 NBM 580 Narda Broadband Field Meter Set 1 contains NBM 580 Basic Unit 2405 01 Operating Manual NBM 580 Certificate of Calibration Part Number 2400 801 Test generator 27 MHz Tripod non conducting 1 65 m with carrying bag Tripod extension non conducting 0 50 m for 2244 90 31 Extension handle non conducting 0 42m Cable coaxial multi pin to BNC for NBM 550 external triggering 2m Cable optical fiber duplex 1000 um RP 02 2m Cable optical fiber duplex 1000 um RP 02 20m Cable optical fiber duplex F SMA to RP 02 0 3m O E converter RS232 RP 02 DB9 O E converter USB RP 02 USB Cable adapter USB 2 0 RS232 0 8m 2244 90 38 2244 90 31 2244 90 45 2250 92 02 2400 90 04 2260 91 02 2260 91 03 2260 91 01 2260 90 06 2260 90 07 2260 90 53 90 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors LN Ultra Wideba
10. Identify Exposure Potential and Risk Once the inventory has been completed and measurements have been made the risk potential of intentional emitters should be evaluated first since they emit the highest power levels and pose the greatest exposure potential This risk as sessment can be made considerably easier when the basic principles of failure analysis are applied using Failure Mode Effects and Criticality Analysis FMECA This results in a risk priority number RPN that is assigned to the emitters which provides a starting point for implementing changes or con trols FMECA is not included in IEEE Standard C95 7 2005 but this should be considered only an omission since FMECA is an extremely valuable in assessing risk at any industrial or broadcast facility When thoughtfully employed it provides not only the basis for determining risk but the rationale for why every element of an RF safety program was established THE VALUE OF FMECA FMECA allows the probability that a failure mode will occur to be charted along with the severity of its consequences It is an extension of traditional Failure Mode and Effects Analysis FMEA that is widely utilized for conducting reliability anal yses in virtually industry FMEA and FMECA may be familiar FMECA Emitter 1 5 10 Sometimes aware of Never aware of operation Always aware of operation Intentional j hidden antenna no signs operation signs p
11. In this way meters that display equivalent power density but measure mean squared field strength are usable in the near field as well as the far field If a source radiates power uniformly in all directions the power density at a distance r from the source will be the total radiated power P divided by the area A of the sphere s W P As P 4nr Looking at the above equation it can be said that the power density decreases as the distance to the source increases and that the power density is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the source This is the inverse square law of radiation It is true for an emitter that radiates in all directions or for an emitter that radiates over a limited portion of a sphere 116 How is RF Energy Absorbed into the Body There are many factors involved in determining how RF en ergy is absorbed into the body such as 1 Dielectric composition 2 Size of the body 3 Shape and orientation of the body and the polarization of the field 4 Complexity near field of the RF field 1 DIELECTRIC COMPOSITION Absorption characteristics vary for different parts of the body As ageneral rule RF energy passes through fatty tissue and is deposited in the muscle or brain tissue with the depth of penetration varying inversely with frequency 2 BODY SIZE Although we have previously discussed frequency and wavelength this section focuses on the different absorption chara
12. Unit selector for Tesla Gauss Full resolution spectrum marker e Data storage on NBM 550 including spectrum data Narda Broadband Field Meter NBM 550 with EHP 50 D Timer Logging e Post averaging for logged data on PC RMS Mean Median Powerful PC software NBM TS for evaluation and documentation e GPS receiver optional Operating languages Chinese English French German Italian Russian Spanish Turkish For more information please refer to the NBM 550 product information on the Narda website NBM TS APPLICATION SOFTWARE The NBM TS application software which is included with the Narda Broadband Field Meter NBM 550 provides functions for transferring the results that have been stored in the meter memory to a personal computer It also includes data evalua tion and measurement database management functions All the numerical value and spectrum analysis results stored in the meter can therefore be transferred to the user s PC for further evaluation and analysis stored in the database and used to prepare detailed reports 38 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN EHP 50D Electric Field and Magnetic Flux Density Analyzer EHP TS Remote Controlled Operation DISPLAYING ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELD VALUES INA SPECTRUM A
13. in addition to occupational safety applications Kemote And Data Analysis Software EFA TS EFA 300 Field Analyzer Analyze the data and provide a graphic representation of the results to support the user in the preparation of mea surement reports FEATURES Windows interface to configure the instrument and or to control it remotely Graphic representation of data stored in the internal mem ory of the instrument or in a file Line diagrams show field strength or Percent of Standard versus time Can be used in real time Display of spectrum Bar graph of harmonics 2D views with import possibility background maps for Matrix data sets Graphic tools zoom marker set up for scale color thickness of lines etc Additional Analysis Functions Statistics mean and maximum values histogram and number of values over a defined threshold Peak list for spectrums Export Functions Data sets as ASCII files Graphic screen into the clipboard ee 2 99 50 ess 11 STD FFT mene MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Microsoft Windows 95 or Higher Windows NT 4 0 or Higher Pentium Processor Min 4 MB RAM This optional software is used to Graphic card VGA 640 480 256 colors Provide remote control of the field analyzer and data readout CD ROM Download the data stored in the device Save acquired data on the computer narda Safety Test Solutions
14. AN Application Notes Non lonizing Radiation How Are Field Levels Calculated To perform calculations information should be obtained from engineering personnel or the manufacturer concerning the following Operating Frequency Transmitter Power Modulation Characteristics if any AM FM Pulsed Number of Sources Spurious Frequencies or Harmonics Intermittence of Output may be scanning or direction finding Just as important are the propagation characteristics oOwunubhwwvc 1 Distance to Source 2 Typeof Antenna Size Gain Beamwidth Orientation 3 Polarization of E and H field 4 Existence of Absorbing or Scattering Objects When calculating the distance to the source determine if measurements are to be made in the near field or far field For circular antennas the near field extends to approximately D 4X and for other types it typically extends to GA 4z n where G is the gain of the antenna and n is the efficiency fac tor As stated previously if measurements are to be made in the near field both E and H fields need to be measured The reactive near field can become important when monitoring resonant Whip or Dipole antennas to name two at fre quencies below 100 MHz and at power levels of only a few watts The reactive near field typically extends out to a dis tance of A 2x to A 2 wavelengths depending on the antenna At frequencies above 300 MHz most standards assume you are in the far field
15. Application Notes LN A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program CONSIDERATIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL SITUATIONS Industrial environments are considerably different from their broadcast counterparts The equipment emitting RF energy is almost invariably controlled by a single organization which eliminates the problem faced by broadcasters of isolating specific emitters operated by multiple organizations In addi tion industrial environments while not static tend to change far more slowly as new equipment is added less frequently In addition the measurements required in industrial re quirements need not be as detailed as those in broadcast environments because only gross levels of RF emissions need to be considered As a result broadband measurement equip ment is well suited to these situations It provides a high level of accuracy and like its narrowband counterpart provides in formation about the percentage of an applicable standard that an emitter is producing The narrowband and broadband instruments also share the ability to allow measurement data to be offloaded to a PC where it can be stored and used to perform trend analysis that can identify equipment whose emission levels are gradually increasing over time The measurements obtained by both types of instruments will provide definitive information about RF emission levels that will in most cases directly dictate the level of controls that must be instituted STEP 4
16. EHP 50D Electric and Magnetic Field Analyzer Set 5Hz 100kHz for Stand alone and PC use Includes EHP 50D Basic Unit 2404 01 AC DC Battery Charger 2259 92 08 it includes inte rnational AC plugs adapters Europlug CEE 7 16 UK USA Australia FO 10USB Optical Fiber Cable 10m for Opt USB Converter 2260 91 11 O E Converter USB RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 EHP 50D Optical Bridge Connector 2260 91 10 Tripod Extension 0 50m non conductive 2244 90 45 Mini Tripod bench top 650 000 151 EHP TS PC Software CD ROM including user manual 2404 93 01 Soft Carrying Case 650 000 035 User Manual Calibration Certificate FO 20 USB Cable fiber optic 20m 650 000 178 FO 40 USB Cable fiber optic 40m 650 000 182 FO 8053 80 Cable fiber optic 80m 650 000 128 8053 OC Optical to RS232 Converter 650 000 062 8053 OC PS Power Supply 650 000 179 TR 02A Wooden Tripod 1 2m with soft carrying bag 655 000 005 TT 01 Telescopic Mast 120 420 cm with carrying bag 650 000 005 Soft Carrying Case 650 000 035 Rigid Case 650 000 059 Car Adapter 650 000 058 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 41 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q9 L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EHP 200A Electric and Magnetic Field Analyzer New solution for Isotropic Measurements in the 9 kHz 30 MHz Range Electric Fields from 0 02 to 1000 V m
17. Germany Italy 79 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Personal and Area Monitors Nardalert S3 NIR Monitor Up to 8 NS3 monitors with d or without NEMA enclosures Fiber optic cables up to 50 meters standard SS coU OCTO 008 N E ME b gt 1 e narda gt e o NBM 580 Fixed Area Monitoring Applications Nardalert monitors can be continuously powered through their USB interface while field levels are read through the fiber optic interface Optional NEMA 4X enclosures and solar panels are also available for outdoor installations as well as longer gt 50m cable solutions The NBM 580 provides powerful alarm interface capabilities when employing multiple sensors for a stand alone monitoring system Nardalert S3 Soft Carrying Case Nardalert 3 Instruction Manual and NS3 TS Software Nardalert 3 connected to laptop computer 80 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Nardalert S3 NIR Monitor Specifications for unit mounted on the human body facing the emitter s MONITOR Frequency Range Field Measured Sensor Design Alarm Accuracy Frequency Sensitivity and Polarization Uncertainty Monitor Range ELF Immunity Alarm Thr
18. LTE uses individual cells which are differen tiated by their cell numbers cell ID O to 503 Each cell can also use one two or four antennas multiple input multiple output MIMO LTE uses a special method of modulation called orthogonal frequency domain modulation access OFDMA This dis tributes the information across many sub carriers spaced at intervals of 15 kHz each of which is modulated by OPSK 16 QAM or 64 QAM Frequency division duplex FDD is general ly used to separate the uplink and downlink directions from the subscriber to the base station and vice versa although time division duplex TDD is also possible The LTE option equips users for all the crucial measurement tasks on LTE systems with FDD The SRM 3006 supports all LTE channel bandwidths from 1 4 MHz to 20 MHz automatically determines the cell ID and number of antennas used measures the average power values of the PSS and SSS measures the average power values of the Reference Signal separately for each antenna or as average power of all antennas used or as maximum power of all antennas used offers automatic extrapolation using factors up to 10 000 All the usual SRM 3006 result types are available see list right which users can select individually Combined with the cell specific power values this gives up to 54 columns of results Battery Ext Power GPS 48 458 60 Ant SivTbl 122 30 03 12 17 34 13 9 230
19. Minimum Hold function MAX Maximum Hold function AVG Average over a selectable number of spectra 4 to 256 or a selectable time period 1 30 min MAX AVG Maximum Hold function after averaging over the defined number of spectra MIN AVG Minimum Hold function after averaging over the defined number of spectra STANDARD Displays limit line of the selected safety standard Delta marker on one Result Type or for displaying the difference between two Result Types Highest peak peak right peak left higher peak lower peak Marker field frequency level and service name from selected service table Peak Table list of 50 highest peaks Integration over a user specified frequency range Isotropic measurement isotropic result displayed directly Measurement of X Y or Z axis separate measurement of a single axis using the isotropic three axis antenna Y scale range 20 40 60 80 100 or 120 dB Y scale reference MR 100 dB to MR 20 dB 130 dB to 40 dB Screen Arrangement enlarges the graph window to fill the entire screen area Zoom Min Sets the lower frequency limit of the zoom window Zoom Max Sets the upper frequency limit of the zoom window Zoom Cent Moves the zoom window along the frequency axis Zoom Span Changes the scale of the zoom window Execute Zoom Sets the zoom window limits to the selected frequency values Measurement Principle Resolution Bandwidths 3 dB Measurement Range Setting MR Range Filter De
20. Narda recommends the RadMan to techni cians and engineers for off body use See page 83 Nardalert S3 The new Nardalert S3 NS3 Series features an updated design with field replaceable sensors color LCD display and comprehensive software The NS3 is packaged in a new case with lanyard and belt clips protective cover USB charging data connection port and rechargeable battery See page 77 AREA MONITORS SMARTS II The SMARTS Il monitors feature wideband oper ation 2 MHz to 100 GHz that is ideally suited to high power indoor applications such as satellite uplink amplifier rooms industrial process machines employing high power RF and military system test stands See page 91 NBM 580 NS3 Narda has updated and expanded area monitoring with a new system based on the NBM 580 that accepts inputs from up to 8 sensors which can be NBM me ters probes or NS3 monitors Additionally the NS3 monitors can be powered from AC DC power for internal applications or solar power for outdoor installations See page 87 Model 8061 Area Monitor can be configured for indoor or outdoor applications with a GSM communications modem built in and narrowband detection to provide spectral plots Narrowband Systems Narda STS can also supply designs based on the upcoming 8060 Series of narrowband monitors Contact the factory for more details narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 3 USA TEL 1 631 23
21. NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us m Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Ordering Information SRM 3006 ORDER NUMBER Set comprising Selective Radiation Meter SRM3006 basic unit calibrated Triaxial antenna E field 27 MHz to 3 GHz calibrated 1 5 meter SRM RF cable 9 kHz to 6 GHz 50 O Carrying strap for SRM 3006 basic unit Operating manual 3006 127 USA Power supply 12 0 VDC 100 240 VAC universal AC line connector SRM 3006TS Configuration Evaluation and Remote Control Software USB 2 0 Cable Master Slave 3 m DB9 DB9 Cable for serial interface 3 m Transport Hard Case UMTS P CPICH Demodulation 3701 04 SCOPE 3701 05 LTE for LTE FDD networks 3701 06 OPTIONAL ANTENNAS 00000 Three axis E Field Antenna 420 MHz to 6 GHz 3502 01 Three axis H Field Antenna 9 kHz to 250 MHz 3581 02 Single axis E Field Antenna 27 MHz to 3 GHz 3531 01 Single axis E Field Antenna 9 kHz to 300 MHz 3531 04 Single axis H Field Antenna 9 kHz to 300 MHz 3551 02 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 00 5 meter SRM RF cable 9 kHz to 6 GHz 50 Q 3602 02 Antenna holder for single axis and triaxial antennas 3501 90 01 Antenna holder for triaxial antennas horizontal vertical 3501 90 02 Additional battery pack rechargeable 7 4 V 4 A h 3001 90 15 External charger set for SRM battery pack 3001 90 07 Tripod non conductive 1 65 m with carrying bag 2244 90 31 Softcase with wheels 3001 90 05
22. O E converter RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex RP 02 2 m 2260 91 02 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex RP 02 20 m 2260 91 03 58 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurements from RF to Microwave NBM 550 Broadband Field Meter Available with Isotropic Probes to cover 100 kHz to 60 GHz Large Graphical Display Intelligent Probe Interface with Automatic Probe Parameter Detection Fully Automatic Zeroing Extensive Memory for Logging of up to 5000 Results GPS Interface and Mountable Receiver for Positioning Data Documentation Optional Voice Recorder for Adding Comments Optional Description The NBM 500 Series is the most accurate non ionizing radiation survey system available It provides the broadest frequency coverage of electric and magnetic fields Both flat response probes and probes shaped to international standards are available All NBM probes have a non volatile memory containing device param eters and calibration data Probes are calibrated independently of the meter Any NBM probe can be used with any NBM 500 Series meter and still maintain total calibration Applications Precision measurement of electric or magnetic field strength for personal safety at work
23. SURVEY Survey must be performed without the operator in the position the operator would normally occupy Minimum measurement distance is 20 cm in the U S or 5 cm from the sealer Survey Height or Position Electric Field E Magnetic Field H A Head B Neck C Chest D Waist E Groin F Thigh G Calf H Ankle Total Add A through H Total E Field Total H Field Whole Body Average Divide totals by 8 Time and Whole Body Average Multiply WBA by Df EEE C95 1 2005 ANSI C95 1 1992 limits Head and Groin area reading multiplied by the duty factor to a maximum of 1 22 mW cm E Field narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 151 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Making Measurements from 50 GHz to 100 GHz There is a growing trend worldwide to use increasingly higher frequencies for many applications of high power RF energy Certainly it is the military that has led the way in using the millimeter band MILSTAR communications systems oper ate from 43 5 GHz to 45 5 GHz and at a similar narrow band around 94 GHz Millimeter band radars fire control systems and numerous other systems are in use around the world The frequencies are largely classified There are also several com mercial applications either in use or being planned Detection at Millimeter Frequ
24. Tripod Extension 0 50 m Non Conductive for 2244 90 31 2244 90 45 Handle Non Conductive Extension 0 42m 2250 92 02 Cable Coaxial Multi pin BNC for NBM 550 External Trigger 2 m 2400 90 04 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000 uim RP 02 2 m 2260 91 02 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000 um RP 02 20 m 2260 91 03 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex FSMA RP 02 0 3 m 2260 91 01 O E Converter RS 232C RP 02 DB 9 2260 90 06 O E Converter USB RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 Cable Adapter USB 2 0 RS 232 0 8 m 2260 90 53 64 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN Rugged and Lightweight Housing designed for easy one hand operation Interchangeable plug and play probes no need for configuration NBM 520 Broadband Field Meter Available with Isotropic Probes to cover 100 kHz to 60 GHz Plug and Play Probe Interface with Automatic Probe Parameter Detection Fully Automatic Zeroing Extra Small and Lightweight Easy 4 Button Operation Remote Operation via Optical Link Interoperability with NBM 550 Controller 9 9 9 9 Description The NBM 500 Series is the most accurate non ionizing radiation survey system available It provides the broadest frequency coverage of electric and magnetic fields Both flat response probes and probes shaped to international st
25. Ultra Wideband Personal Electromagnetic Radi 2 Wolf F A Antenna Analysis John Wiley amp Sons NY Volo 1966 p 27 auon Monitor U S Patent No 6 154 178 Nov 28 2000 3 FCC OET Bulletin 65 Aug 1997 Washington DC 20554 10 Making Measurements From 50 GHz to 100 GHz 4 IEEE C95 1 IEEE standard for safety levels with respect to Technical Note No 1 Narda Microwave East human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields Hauppauge NY 11788 3 kHz to 300 GHz IEEE NY 2005 5 CNIRP International Commission on Non lonizing EDWARD ASLAN Radiation Protection Guidelines for Limiting Exposure to The measurement of electromagnetic energy had its beginnings in 1968 Time Varying Electromagnetic Fields up to 300 GHz when Ed Aslan accepted the FDA s U S Food and Drug Administration Health Physics Vol 34 Nov 1998 challenge to come up with a device to measure leakage from micro 6 Canada Safety Code 6 Limits of Human Exposure to wave ovens Model 8100 met that challenge and brought the first of Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Energy Health Canada 57 patents 32 are U S patents A three time recipient of the Industrial Ottawa Canada Research 100 Award IMPI Fellow since 1995 and IEEE Fellow since 1998 7 Aslan E Personal Electromagnetic Radiation Monitor this father of the industry has earned more than 9596 of the world s pat U S Patent No 5 168 265 Dec 1 1992 ents relating to the detection of
26. assist them in determining if their facilities require an RF safety program and provide basic guidelines about how one should be constructed In many cases an RF safety program may not even be required butthe only way to determine this is to thoroughly evaluate facilities where EM energy is present All of these steps can be aided by using this RF Safety Guide as an outline and help from consultants who specialize in this area However it is essential that every af fected organization have employees who are tasked with the responsibility of learning the regulatory technical and pro cedural aspects of RF safety rather than resorting exclusively to outside sources The Importance of RF Safety The use of RF and microwave technology is pervasive throughout the world and its incorporation into more and more types of devices is growing every year As a result more and more people are becoming aware that EM energy is em ployed in consumer products and the infrastructure used to support them in medical devices such as magnetic resonance imaging MRI systems and within industrial equipment at the workplace such as RF heaters dryers induction welders and vinyl welders While the question of whether or not electromagnetic ener gy at extremely weak levels can cause bodily harm continues to elude a conclusive answer the situation is different when the body is exposed to EM energy at high levels at certain frequencies In the latter case
27. beam width In a plane containing the main beam of the antenna the beam width is the angle between the two direc tions in that plane in which the radiation intensity is some fraction usually one half or 3dB of the maximum value of the main beam intensity biological effect A biological effect is an established effect caused by or in response to exposure to a biological chemi cal or physical agent including electromagnetic energy Biological effects are alterations of the structure metabolism or functions of a whole organism its organs tissues and cells Biological effects can occur without harming health and can be beneficial Biological effects also can include sensation phenomena and adaptive responses continuous exposure Exposure for durations exceeding the corresponding averaging time Exposure for less than the averaging time is called short term exposure controlled environment An area where the occupancy and activity of those within is subject to control and accountabil ity as established by an RF safety program for the purpose of protection from RF exposure hazards CW system A system designed to produce its output in con tinuously successive oscillations continuous waves Rated output is normally average power decibel dB The unitto express a numerical ratio For power considerations the decibel is equal to 10 times the logarithm of a power ratio expressed by the following dB 10 logio P P2 where P
28. exposure Failure to obey all posted signs and site guidelines for working in radio frequency environments could result in serious injury In accordance with Feder ions Commission rules on radio al Communicati frequency emissions 47 CFR 1 1307 b Sign B Beyond this point Radio frequency fields at this site may exceed FCC rules for human exposure For your safety obey all posted signs and site guidelines for working in radio frequency environments with Federal Communications Commission rules on radio 47 CFR 1 1307 b WARNING RF MICROWAVE ENERGY CONTROLLED AREA CONTACT BEFORE ENTERING Sign C Sign D eo Ko 51 PART NUMBER STYLE SIZE CONSTRUCTION ALL HAVE WHITE BACKGROUNDS 12 x 18 F 42942900 A 31 cm x 46 cm Painted Aluminum Black Marking Blue Band 12 Tei 42942901 B 31cm x46 cm Painted Aluminum Black Marking Yellow Band amp Triangle 12 x 18 i A 42942902 31 cm x 46 cm Painted Aluminum Black Marking Red Band amp Triangle Z xo Fiberglass with j 21726400 D 18cm x 25 cm UV Resistant Coating Black Marking Yellow Triangle 10 x 14 Fiberglass with 21726401 D 25 cm x 36 cm UV Resistant Coating Black Marking Yellow Triangle 104 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us TECHNOLOGY Technology and Products Definitions a
29. heating of the body by EM energy is known to cause harm When compared to other DISCLAIMER The information and forms contained in this document are intended to provide general guidelines for RF radiation safety and to aid individuals intending to implement an RF safety program However every situation in which RF energy is encountered is unique as are the requirements for administrative and engineering controls and the depth and breadth re quired of the RF safety program In addition state country provincial and other regulations as well as regional interpretations must often be considered along with the national and interna tional standards discussed in this guide Consequently the information presented here should not be relied on exclusively or in place of legal advice relating to the circumstances of a specific situation Forms in this document are intended only as a teaching tool and before use must be modified or expanded to accommodate the needs of a particular situation 126 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes JAN A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program controlled hazards it is not as visible and it is easily possible to be exposed to levels in excess of established limits without knowing it Together the uncertainty about low level exp
30. ir end rmn 82 2250 01 serar mte 85 2251 05 isang annen 85 21726400 ere egere en 104 2250 02 seo tesepee te evo 85 2251 00 E erede 85 2172640144 to oce 104 2250 03 EEEE bn etae 85 2251 10 crier nee ten s 85 21760000 rrr rere er E RS E 102 2250 04 Liessessue ese sa eaa 85 2251 16 scdacbareanaadax gen eared 85 2244 90 31 eese 103 2250 05 cciscsstagaroieastanent 85 2251 51 rerea nete meets 85 2244 90 35 oo cece cece een eens 35 2250 06 cece cece cece eee iai 85 PR sod oo ee ere eee eee 85 2244 90 38 64 68 76 90 2250 10 4 iie etr Ep ERU OR ES 85 2251 90 50 ier eher RETE 84 2244 90 45 28 35 64 68 90 2250 51 oe cece ccc cece eee e nes 85 2260 90 06 64 82 90 2245 30 acdainodicraraniacsaaa de 35 2250 52 orbes Rb ERR 85 2260 90 07 58 64 68 82 90 2245 30 FFT 32 esses 35 2250 53 ves cedens vorei teu eri iie 85 2260 90 42 s cotto ete te itas 35 2245 3071 ice cxcexeeiee terere 35 2250 54 Li csecessara ee a EUER 85 2260 90 44 sese 35 2245 301 FFT32 sess 35 2250 55 seenen ee UE opdew r ea 85 2260 9046 cee cece eee eee 35 2245 3802 pra e nen 35 2250 56 siora eee cece eee nes 85 2260 9048 sese 35 2245 302 FFT32 sss 35 2250 60 esser erp terres hrs 85 2260 90 51 10 cece eee eee 28 2245 90 07 cebat 28 2250 92 02 oet 64 68 86 90 2260 90 53 35 64 68 82 90 2245 90 10 2 cece cence ne ee eens 35 2
31. software supplied the EHP 50D analyzer can start acquisi tion and storage of the data in stand alone mode for a period of 24 hours at a sampling rate of once every 30 or 60 seconds The EHP 50D will stop automatically after 24 hours EHP TS control software includes the application EHP50 Stand Alone mode The data can then be downloaded to the PC The PC software enables you to select measurement electric or magnetic field full scale mode Highest or Wideband frequency span and sampling interval one minute or 30 seconds NBM 550 Display Operation Handheld display unit for field measurements The EHP 50D can also be easily operated through the Broadband Field Meter NBM 550 In order not to influence the field to be mea sured communication between the EHP 50D Analyzer and Narda Broadband Field Meter NBM 550 with EHP 50 D the NBM Unit is through a rugged optical fiber cable The NBM 550 supports the following settings and measurement modes Electric or magnetic field selection 1 kV m 100 kV m 100 uT 10 mT Span selection 100 Hz to 100 kHz Wideband or highest peak modes Spectrum mode Monitor mode Actual Max Avg Min XYZ mode wideband or highest peak Additional features include e Measurement setups Normalized spectrum in relative to a standard e g ICNIRP Alarm with adjustable thresholds for electric and magnetic field e Averaging 4 to 32 samples and Maximum Hold e
32. 0 3 0 10 27 12 100 200 40 2 1 5 dB 1dB 1000 mW cm 100W cm 300 500 750 1000 1800 2450 2700 0 025dB k t 23 8 a 3000 MHz 10 to 50 C gus 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 0 3 0 10 27 12 100 200 e 1 dB 265mW cm 26W cm 300 500 750 1000 1800 2450 2700 40 2 1 dB 2 I Bs et 3000 4000 5000 6000 MHz lt gms To M Tm 3 10 27 100 200 300 500 750 MHz 200 is dp E rs 700 mW cm 70W cm 1 0 1 8 2 45 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 2 9 3 0 025 dB K D C RH 10 11 18 GHz 10to 50 C ede SOGNE f gt 8 GHz h lil 300 750 MHz 0 75 dB 600 mW cm 200W cm 1 0 1 8 2 45 4 0 8 2 9 3 10 11 18 26 5 40 0 dB 5to ee 3 2 oz 40 45 5 GHz lt 25 3D gms 300 750 MHz 7 0 75 dB 1500mW cm2 600W cm 1 0 1 8 2 45 4 0 8 2 9 3 10 11 18 26 5 0 0 dB Sto TE E Gs 40 45 5 GHz ede DUE AE 27 50 80 100 200 300 500 750 MHz gt 1 0 dB 680 mW cm 1W cm 1 0 1 7 2 45 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 2 10 Koon di ee bi 11 18 26 5 40 45 5 60 GHz lt gms 0 1 0 15 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 2 0 8dB 1 0 dB 35 A m gt 350A m 10 12 15 20 3 0 40 5 0 10 15 20 25 0 025dB K WE AA Sed 27 12 30 MHz 10to 50 C gms 10 15 20 27 12 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 0 5 0 8 dB e 1 0 dB gt 20 A m 200A m 90 100 120 150 180 200 250 300 400 0 025dB K gt i hs 433 500 600 700 800 900 1000 MHz 10 to 50 C lt s gms 3000960f 32 dB above 3 0 10 30 100 3
33. 2 POWER AND FIELD INTENSITY An electromagnetic wave represents a flow of energy in the direction of propagation The intensity or strength of an elec tromagnetic field depends on the transmitter s power level the antenna used and the distance from the antenna The field is specified by its intensity that passes through a unit area Elec tric E fields are usually expressed in Volts per meter V m or its mean squared value V m Similarly the magnetic H field is specified in A m or A m The product of the two is the power density voltage times current equals power per Ohms law The resulting units are watts per meter squared W m or more commonly milliwatts per cen timeter squared mW cm There are instruments available that can display field levels in field strength mean squared field strength or equivalent power density Atthis time units that display power density actually measure mean squared field strength A true measurement of power density would require separate amplitude and phase information for each axis X Y and Z Equipment to measure true power density does not exist commercially When using a meter that displays equivalent power density to measure both fields the amplitude and field must be spec ified i e 12 mW cm E field and 5 mW cm H field Readings may be converted to field strength or mean squared field strength by using the equations above for comparison to a particular standard
34. 36 4 x 157 mm 1 5 x 1 6 x 6 4 inches 37 x 41 x 163 mm 1 5 x 1 6 x 7 8 inches 37 x 41 x 197 mm Earphone Operating Manual Soft Case Batteries PC Transfer Setf Extension Rod for Hand Held Use BN 2250 92 02 Hard Case BN 2250 92 03 and Tripod BN 2244 90 31 a The percent of standard ratings refer to equivalent power density b The alarm threshold is set to 50 of Standard 1 dB at the calibration frequency This value is only significant for data logging and online measurements d Uncertainty due to varying polarization verified by type approval test Ellipse ratio included Each record includes the maximum minimum and average values for both the E field and the H field optional P N 2251 90 50 f The logging interval can be selected via the ESM TS software optional 86 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Channel 7 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 8 NBM 580 Broadband Radiation Meter Upto8 Input Metering Station for NBM Meters and or NS3 Monitors Allows Central Control of Multiple Field Sensors Built in Low and High Power Alarm Relays Touch Screen Controls Fiber Optic and USB Inputs IEEE 488 or Ethernet Connectivity 9 9 9 Description The Narda NBM 580 allows users to c
35. 3x10 WAVELENGTH METERS 3x10 9 12 4 1x107 4 1x10 4 1x10 4x10 ev ev ev ev ENERGY ELECTRON VOLTS Electromagnetic Spectrum What Generates Non lonizing Energy For millions of years the principal generators of non ionizing energy have been terrestrial sources such as lightning and extraterrestrial sources such as the sun Even the human body generates thermal energy in the non ionizing spec trum totalling approximately 0 3 uW cm In the last century a tremendous increase in man made sources of non ionizing energy has greatly increased the life quality and even lifespan of human beings Medical sys tems such as diathermy Magnetic Resonance Imaging MRI and electrosurgical devices use non ionizing energy Weath er forecasting would be nearly impossible without satellite systems and weather radars and no one could be warned of emergency weather conditions without communications like TV or radio Man made energy sources use devices such as klystrons magnetrons and semiconductors to generate the non ioniz ing energy required to communicate over long distances or to provide thermal energy How Does Electromagnetic Radiation Travel Propagate Through Free Space Electromagnetic waves that are generated by man made de vices usually travel along two conductor coaxial cables or hollow piping called waveguide A device called an antenna or applicator is used at the end of the coaxial or waveguide li
36. 52 8 E Cable Stnd ICNIRP GP 10 000 Max Avg 10001 Min gt 1007 k 101 i u 11 020 40 60 OT Isotropic Index Sweep Time 919 ms Progress MR 1 8 Vim RBW 50 kHz Auto Noise Suppr Off No of Runs 28 AVG 8minf Safety Evaluation in the UMTS Range The individual channels with their channel numbers are shown next to each other in the bar graph display just like a textbook The T bar on the extreme right shows the total power density The O bar shows the contributions from the frequency gaps others between the services LEVEL RECORDER MODE Level Recorder Mode allows you to particularly watch one signal or band over a long time period The display is opti mized to give you four results Maximum Peak Actual Peak present reading Maximum RMS and RMS RMS Actual is an average over a time that you choose from 0 48 seconds to 30 minutes This makes long term monitoring of an emitter easy and supplies all the data you might need to fully evaluate its contribution to the overall site levels TIME CONTROLLED STORING The SRM can store measurements under timer control by specifying the start date start time measurement duration and other parameters Options UMTS P CPICH DEMODULATION This option is useful for cellular phone companies and their consultants The SRM 3006 automatically identifies every site and sector that it received a UMTS scrambling code from The SRM 3006 can then measure the fi
37. 6 3 8 dB gt 750 1600 MHz 2 0 2 7 dB 2 2 2 9 dB gt 1600 2000 MHz 314 2 2 dB 1 9 2 4 dB gt 2000 4000 MHz 1 7 2 2 dB 2 0 2 6 dB gt 4000 4500 MHz 1 8 2 3 dB 2 2 3 0 dB gt 4500 5000 MHz 1 9 2 5 dB 2 5 3 5 dB gt 5000 6000 MHz 1 9 2 5 dB 2 9 4 3 dB 1 5 dB THREE AXIS H FIELD ANTENNA 3581 02 Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit separate measurement of a single axis Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit for isotropic result Extended Measurement Uncertainty P Calibration Uncertainty 0 3 A m with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW 0 8 pA m with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW Single Axis Measurement with Isotropic Antenna Frequency Range Isotropic Measurement 0 3 30 MHz 2 1 dB 2 4 dB 30 60 MHz 2 2 dB 2 5 dB 60 250 MHz 2 3 dB 3 2 dB 1 5 dB 56 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Antenna Uncertainty con t SINGLE AXIS E FIELD ANTENNA 3531 01 Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit 30 uV m from 100 MHz to 2 1 GHz with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW Measurement Range Limit for single CW signal 160 V m Frequency Range Single Axis Me
38. 70 Cable Stnd Index Act SSS Max SSS Max RS Avg 1 0 1 3 55 dBm 3 01 dBm 2 4 4 09 dBm 440 dBm 3 8 6 96 dBm 5 68 dBm otal 0 86 dBm 0 B 0 12 dBm 0 50 dBm Analog 0 02 dBm 0 00 dBm Single Axis Fcent 2 654 3 GHz CBW 20 MHz Sweep Time 2 490 s Progress MR 10 dBm Extr Fact 1200 000 Noise Suppr Off No of Runs 21 Cell Sync Sync CP Length Normal AVG om Result of an LTE measurement with four cell specific power values The SRM 3006 shows the individual values obtained by demodulation and their total in the bottom line Total as well as the analog mea sured values Analog similar to the UMTS option Display of cell specific power values PSS Primary sync signal average power SSS Secondary sync signal average power RS Avg Reference signal average power of all antennas used RS Sum Reference signal sum power of all antennas used RS Max Reference signal maximum power of all antennas used RS 0 RS 1 RS 2 RS 3 Reference signal average power of the individual antennas Result types available Actual Act Maximum Max Maximum Average MxA Average Avg Minimum Average MnA Minimum Min 48 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement Measurement Functions Detection of Narda Measurement A
39. E 98 Radman Radman XT RF Personal Monitors 83 Electric and Magnetic Field Instrument Replacement Parts 0 cece cece cence eee eneen 102 Selection GUuide cece cece cect eee e eee e eens 16 Selective Radiation Meter ccccccccccceccccc 45 Electric Field Analyzers 00 ec eee eeeee 29 36 42 Shaped Probe Selection Guide ecececeeeeeees 70 Electric Field Measurement esee 59 65 SIGNS s onsksectecacbecsr eph n PS Epod Dont ds 104 Electric Field Probes NBM Series esses sesse 69 Smarts Il MOWIBOFS egit Una mer Rope nime d ORO Ae 91 Exposure Level Tester 0 ccc e cece cence eee ees 23 Survey Meter NBM 520 essecceceseeceeecenees 65 Field Analyzers 0c cece eee ne cece eee eeee 29 36 42 Survey Meter NBM 550 ecececsececeeeeeeeeees 59 Glossary of Terms 02 sse 109 ICI MENTEM 5 Industrial Compliance Meters csse 73 Tripod Non metallic 00 0 2 00 cece cece cece cece 103 International Standards and Guidances 156 Vides eO IDEEN NES NNI 12 14 Magnetic Field Analyzers sessi 29 36 42 EET RETE TETTE TTE TT 161 Magnetic Field Measurement csse 59 65 XPRESS CAL oed esa sect ditps wat bidod caia Mod 100 Magnetic Field Probes NBM Series 004 69 Model Number Index 11081900 cece eee eee eee ee 93 2245 9519 1 coerceri err 35 2251 04 cedecdedewnccdiereuee d es 85 11232200
40. E STATUS Las 11 0 L 35 28 0 cm 3 4 cm 281 0 71 CM DIA MOUNTING HOLE LOCATED BELOW TOP COVER 4 PLACES ia a alll PIN TIO MATING CONN SUPPLIED NARDA P N 30931302 94 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Microwave Oven Instruments Model 8217 Microwave Oven Survey Meter Compact and Easy to Use 0 5 to 10 0 mW cm Includes Thermometer Beaker and Case Description Narda s Model 8217 is the least expensive accurate microwave oven survey instrument available The mid scale reading 5 mW cm of the single 0 to 10 mW cm range corresponds to the allowable limit for ov ens used in the United States Canada and most of Europe The 8217 is extremely easy to use Its detection circuitry uses a patented spiral antenna design It comes complete with a beaker and thermometer to measure the output power of the oven in addition to its leakage The meter beaker thermometer and manual store in a rugged foam lined carrying case Specifications PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Calibration Frequency 2450 MHz Measurement Range 0 5 to 10 0 mW cm Accuracy 1 0 dB Meter Type D Arsonval Size 1 4 3 6 cm Scale 0 to 10 mW cn Measurement Mode Instantaneous Zero Control Front Panel Knob Battery Type Standard 9V Life 200 hrs approx Sizes Meter By 326 1 8 14 5cm x 8 2cm
41. Extended Technology monitor is very similar to the ESM 20 Series monitors that have been available since 1997 with one very important difference the RadMan XT con tinuously records the field strength that it measures Since the monitor has both electric and magnetic E and H field sensors it records six different values for every data point Maximum Minimum and Average values during the averaging period for both the E field and the H field The time and date of each data point is also stored This data may be retrieved at any time using the optional ESM TS Interface Set which includes a fiber optic cable adapter circuit and software The software permits the user to download the data that the monitor has collected analyze the data and set the monitor s internal clock The data logger is always on it simply stores the newest data in place of the oldest data All RadMan monitors are multi function tools With the RF absorber cap off the RadMan functions as a simple instrument with isotropic detection and four level indicator LEDs that provide an approximate indication of field strength The RadMan can also be used as a simple area monitor The fiber optic interface and available software can be used to continuously monitor the detected field strength levels from both the electric field and magnetic field sensors narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 83 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231
42. Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement THM1176 3 Axis Hall Magnetometer PDA Type PDA Size PDA Weight Display Input Device Connectors Audio Memory Wireless LAN Bluetooth Battery Life Record File Format Pre loaded Software Industrial quality PDA with USB host interface and Windows Mobile 127 x75 x 21 mm 230 g with 2600 mAh battery stylus and USB adapter cable 64K color TFT LCD 3 5 240 x 320 pixels Stylus or fingertip Power jack 2 5mm audio headset jack 26 pin connector for ActiveSync USB 1 1 host and USB 2 0 client CompactFlash and SDIO expansion slots Built in microphone and speaker 128 MB SDRAM 256 MB NAND Flash IEEE 802 11 b g internal antenna V2 0 EDR class 1 6 hours min ASCII tab delimited THM1176 Acquisition software Word Mobile Excel Mobile PowerPoint Mobile Outlook Mobile IE Mobile MSN Messenger Client Windows Media Player Mobile ActiveSync Client Socket Mobile Wi Fi Companion Programmable Home Screen Calculator Utility programs Probe Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Operating Magnetic Field PDA Operating Temperature Operating Magnetic Field 0 C to 40 C 20 C to 60 C 3T max for the instrument electronics located within the probe cable at 2m distance from the sensor 0 C to 50C 1 T max The PDA may exper
43. Magnetic Fields from 0 6 mA m to 300 A m Built in Frequency Spectrum Analysis Built in Rechargeable Battery 9 9 9 9 Optical Fiber Connection to PC The E H fields analyzer model EHP 200A has been designed for accurate isotropic measurements of both electric and magnetic fields in the 9 kHz 30 MHz frequency range with no or minimum perturbation of the fields that are being measured The field sensors and the electronic measuring circuitry are contained in a rugged housing only 3 6 x 3 6 x 4 3 inches in size Separate 3 axis and total values peak and average are measured with exceptional flatness and linearity of 0 3 dB Results are expressed in V m A m UT mW cm W m The EHP 200A features built in spectrum analysis with minimum selectable band width of 1 kHz for detailed measurements of the E and H field intensity vs frequency and a dynamic range of 80 dB The built in rechargeable Li lon battery provides up to 12 hours of operating time The EHP 200A is controlled by a PC through the optical fiber link and measurements are displayed in real time An auxiliary input is available for measuring the frequency spectrum of external applied signals 42 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN EHP 200A Field Analyzer Applications BROADCASTIN
44. Narda STS will choose the most appropriate means of trans portation unless otherwise specified by the customer QUOTATIONS AND PRO FORMA INVOICES Destination prices and shipping information required for pro forma invoices or FAS CIF or C amp F quotations and importation assistance can be quickly obtained from your local Sales Representative or from the factory directly CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE A Certificate of Conformance is available upon request at the time of purchase This certification states This material was produced in accordance with all applicable drawings and specifications and meets the contractually applica ble quality specifications All inspections and or tests have been performed using equipment calibrated in accordance with the requirements of ANSI NCSL Z540 1 Documentary evidence in the form of the test data and or reports and inspection records are on file and available for examination CHANGE ORDERS AND CANCELLATIONS Change Orders regarding price delivery or any conditions not speci fied on the original order will be considered in effect after mutual agreement has been affirmed in writing between the customer and Narda STS Cancellation of any accepted order can only be made after written consent of Narda STS All cancellations will be dependent upon customer s agreement to satisfy all charges incurred by Narda STS Narda STS will endeavor to stop work promptly upon notifica tion of cancellation REP
45. Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program program administration and ultimately the employees them selves can begin In organizations with the greatest number of affected facilities it is often wise to increase the members of the RF safety committee proportionately to ensure the pro gram is properly administered Once the program has been created it must be periodical ly audited to ensure it still reflects the current situation is it still needed or if it should be improved This is especially important in broadcast cellular paging public safety co located environments with multiple licenses Changes to the equipment at these sites can change without notice to the or ganizations with antennas there so periodic inspection and proof that it was performed are essential Every licensee at the site must have an RF safety program that will pass muster by the FCC or other government agency at any time In every case the most important ingredient in assuring the success of an RF safety program is discipline Without it the program will fail to provide the required level of protection to employees and will not hold up under scrutiny if the organi zation is challenged in court STEP Institute Controls The next step will be to implement controls the level of which is determined by the level of risk assigned to the facility Two major types of controls are typically employed engineer ing and administrative Enginee
46. RF radiation that define Narda as the recognized leader in non ionizing radiation safety equipment 146 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 e FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes JAN Electromagnetic Radiation Safety and RF Heat Sealers The properties of electromagnetic energy have always lent themselves well to sealing plastics Just as a microwave oven heats food an RF heat sealer heats a plastic part to the point at which it can bond with another plastic part or to another surface The technique is faster and cleaner than convention al thermal welding and produces a stronger bond as well It s not surprisingly that there are more than 100 000 RF heat sealers in operation in the US throughout many industries As with any system that generates high levels of electromag netic energy there are potential safety problems associated with their operation When designed operated and main tained properly the systems produce extremely low levels of radiation in the vicinity of the operator well within the guide lines set forth in the non ionizing electromagnetic radiation safety standard IEEE C95 1 2005 which has been adopted by many regulatory agencies and the American National Standards Institute ANSI However if the shields designed to protect the operator from overexposure conditions are not pr
47. Relays Power Switch Reset AC Mains 90 to 250 VAC CH 1 thru CH 8 Fan Fiber Optic Inputs 88 narda Safety Test Solutions an 5B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS 9 L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors NBM 580 Broadband Radiation Meter Specifications NBM 580 Display Type TFT Active Matrix Touchscreen Display Size 6 95 inches 156 x 82 8 mm 800 x 480 pixels Backlight White LED s Display Refresh Rate 250 msec mW cm W m V m A m 96 of standard 0001 to 9999 switchable between variable and permanent triads Result Units Display Range 0 01 V m to 100 0 kV m 0 01 mA m to 265 3 A m 0 001 mW m to 26 53 MW m 0 1nW cm to 2 653 kW cm 0 000196 to 999996 Display Range Variable Triads 0 01 to 9999 V m 0 0001 to 265 3 A m 0 0001 to 9999 W m 0 0001 to 9999 mW cm 0 000196 to 999996 Actual ACT Maximum MAX Minimum MIN Average AVG Maximum Average MAX AVG Latest values Actual X Actual Y Actual Z for probes with separate axis connections Display Range Fixed Triads Result Types Isotropic RSS Result Types X Y Z Mode Time Averaging Averaging time selectable from 4 s to 30 min 2 s steps Spatial Averaging Individual or continuous sampling Averaging over up to 24 spatially averaged results storage of individual position Multi Position Spatial Averaging tasuli and
48. Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program Nevertheless it should be consulted early when an RF safety program is being considered IEEE C95 7 is also an essential tool because it is consistent with all standards and guidance s that employ two tiers of ex posure Occupational Controlled and General Population Uncontrolled which can be simplified as Controlled and Uncontrolled The two differ by the amount of knowledge and control a person has over his or her ability to be overex posed The more stringent uncontrolled rules or guidelines are designed for the public or untrained worker who is as sumed to have no control over his or her exposure or any technical knowledge about RF radiation so permissible expo sure levels are more restrictive Controlled exposure levels are less restrictive since trained workers who encounter RF Controls eae Administrative sm sussies o e pienene gt Te nme 1 ela Table 2 Categories of RF Exposure Legend required lt gt optional X not applicable energy in their work know or should know what is not safe and how to avoid overexposure A site at which no RF safety program is in place is considered uncontrolled regardless of the RF levels present but by adding an R
49. The Mode tab allows selection of differ ent acquisition modes as well as the range units and linear or logarithmic frequency scale MP 50 TS Rel 1 32 07 08 2009 J53 Both electric and magnetic fields can be displayed on the same graph narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 39 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EHP 50D Electric Field and Magnetic Flux Density Analyzer Specifications Frequency Range Measuring Ranges Overload Dynamic Range Resolution Displayed Average Noise Level Isotropic Result Single Axis Flatness 100V m and 2pT 5 Hz to 40 Hz 40 Hz to 100 kHz Typical 3D anisotropy Linearity SPAN Starting Frequency Stop Frequency E Field Rejection H Field Rejection Spectrum Analysis Method Acquisition Method Internal Data Logger Internal Memory NOTES 5 Hz to 100 kHz 5 mV m to 1 kV m 0 3 nT to 100 uT 500 mV m to 100 kV m 30 nT to 10 mT total measurement range 146 dB total measurement range 150 dB 200 kV m 60 Hz 20 mT 60 Hz 106 dB 110 dB 1 mV m with NBM 550 0 1 mV m with EHP TS software 1 mV m in Stand Alone mode 0 1 nT with NBM 550 0 1 nT with EHP TS software 1 nT in Stand Alone mode 5 mV m 0 3 nT 3 mV m 0 2 nT 0 8 dB 0 8 dB 0 35 dB 0 35 dB 0 54 dB 0 12 dB 0 2 dB 1V m to 1 kV m 0 2 d
50. Therefore only one field needs to be mea sured almost always the electric field CALCULATIONS Calculations are useful when performing a survey in the far field region For those instances where a survey will be performed in the near field calculations are not normally accurate The survey should start in the far field region at a position calculated to be well within safe limits It is also rec ommended that the electric field be measured first in order to minimize any shock or burn hazard Antenna gain is defined as the power density at a spot in front of an antenna divided by the power density at the same spot if the antenna were radiating in all directions or isotropically For any well matched circular antenna where all of the energy supplied to it is transmitted the ratio of G to A is G 4xA where G Numerical Gain A Area meters NOTE All equations use numerical gain G Below is a table of typical antenna gains listed logarithmically and numerically Gnum G dB 10 antilog LOGARITHMIC VS NUMERICAL GAIN dB Numerical dB Numerical dB Numerical 1 0 1 26 21 0 125 89 2 0 1 58 22 0 158 49 3 0 2 00 23 0 9955 4 0 251 24 0 251 19 5 0 3 16 25 0 316 23 6 0 3 98 26 0 398 11 ZO 5 01 27 0 501 19 8 0 6 31 28 0 630 96 9 0 7 94 29 0 794 33 10 0 10 00 30 0 1000 00 Near Field Far Field radiating Fresnel FEEDID reactive Fraunhofer nis 2D X boundary Near Field Far Field Far field po
51. a result directly in W m At distances greater than lambda 2pi for omni antennas or 2D2 where D is diameter in meters and wavelength is in meters for parabolic antennas you are most likely in the far field and can start using far field calculations GAIN Usually expressed in dB typically 25dB to 45dB which can be converted from logarithmic to numerical gain by us ing the conversion shown above or by using Table 1 Gain can be estimated from the formula G 4nA 2 where A Area of Antenna n Efficiency Factor Typ 0 5 to 0 8 A Wavelength TABLE 1 LOGARITHMIC VS NUMERICAL GAIN dB Numerical dB Numerical dB Numerical dB Numerical 1 0 1 26 125 89 31 0 1258 93 2 0 1 58 158 49 32 0 1584 89 3 0 2 00 199 53 33 0 1996 26 4 0 2 5 251 19 34 0 2511 89 5 0 3 16 316 23 35 0 3162 28 6 0 3 98 398 11 36 0 3981 07 7 0 5 01 501 19 37 0 5011 87 8 0 6 31 630 96 38 0 6309 57 9 0 7 94 794 33 39 0 7943 28 10 0 10 00 1000 00 40 0 10000 00 The near field can extend to a distance of D 4A where D is the antenna diameter The power density in the radiating near field can be estimated to be 4P A In other words the maximum power in the near field could be four times the average power over the nomi nal antenna area This relationship is shown in the following figure narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 121 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS
52. an E communications company USA Germany Italy 31 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EFA 300 Field Analyzer Specifications MAGNETIC B FIELD ELECTRIC E FIELD 100 cm Probe Internal Probe 3 cm Probe Sensor System Coil internal or external Plate Electrode Measurement Axis selectable Tri Axial Isotropic or Single Axis Broadband 0 3 dB selectable Band Pass Band Reject Filter adjustable 5 Hz to 2 kHz 30 Hz to 2 kHz 5 Hz to 32 kHz or 30 Hz to 32 kHz Frequency R ange 15 Hz to 2 kHz resolution 0 1 Hz RMS averaging time 1 sec Detection selectable Peak Value proper phase ipid Nominal 100 nT to 32 mT 100 nT to 32 mT 100 nT to 32 mT 10 V m to 100 kV m Damage Level Peak 91 mT e 125 Hz 91 mT 625 Hz 91 mT lt 625 Hz 280 kV m 100 00 mT 10 00 mT Damage Level Damage Level Peak 1 00 mT Peak For magnetic field probes depending on frequency D 10mT 0 01 mT 1Hz 10Hz 100 Hz 1 D Hz 10000Hz 100000Hz 1000000 Hz P nsu VT 4nt 100 nT 20 nT 07 V m Noise Level Broadband RSM typical 5 Hz to 32 kHz 10nT 200 nT 50 nT 4 5 V m SQ Hzto 400 Hz add aid n biisi Broadband 9 9 9 5 Hz to 2 kHz 3 240 nT 5 21uT 4 200 nT 3 25V m Decor typical E aS 3 280 nT 4896 22 uT 5 2400 nT 3 240 V m tes
53. and P are two amounts of power Power ratios in deci bels can be added or subtracted like ordinary numbers duty factor The ratio of pulse duration to the pulse period of a periodic pulse train A duty factor of 1 0 corresponds to continuous wave CW operation In pulsed systems the ra tio of the pulse width to the pulse period of a periodic pulse train Mathematically the duty factor is the product of the pulse width multiplied by the pulse repetition frequency PW x PRF DF electric field strength E A field vector quantity that rep resents the force F on a positive test charge q at a point divided by the charge E q Electric field strength is expressed in units of volts per meter V m ellipse ratio The variation in response when a field sensing probe is rotated about the axis of its handle or when a wear able monitor is placed vertically or horizontally in a constantly polarized field Usually specified in dB energy density electromagnetic field The electromag netic energy contained in an infinitesimal volume divided by that volume narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 109 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Definitions and Glossary exposure Exposure occurs whenever and wherever a person is subjected to electric magnetic or electromagnetic fields or to contact currents other than
54. and up to 5 probes 2400 90 06 Power Supply Charger 100 VAC to 240 VAC Input 9 VDC Output 2259 92 06 NBM TS Software and PC Transfer 2400 93 01 USB Interface cable for NBM 2 m 2400 90 05 2400 101B Bench top Tripod 0 16 m non conductive 2244 90 32 Shoulder Strap 1 m 2244 90 49 Operating Manual Certificate of Calibration Probes are NOT included eig for NBM 550 GPS Interface and Receiver Voice Recorder Conditional 2401 40 USA PROBES 00000000000 Probe EF 0391 E Field 100 kHz 3 GHz Isotropic 2402 01B Probe EF 0392 E Field 100 kHz 3 GHz Isotropic 2402 12B Probe EF 0691 E Field 100 kHz 6 GHz Isotropic 2402 14B Probe EF 1891 E Field 3 MHz 18 GHz Isotropic 2402 02B Probe EF 5091 E Field Thermocouple 300 MHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 03B Probe EF 5092 E Field Thermocouple 300 MHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 11B Probe EF 6091 E Field 100 MHz 60 GHz Isotropic 2402 04B Probe HF 3061 H Field 300 kHz 30 MHz Isotropic 2402 05B Probe HF 0191 H Field 27 MHz 1 GHz Isotropic 2402 06B Probe EA 5091 Shaped E Field FCC 300 kHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 07B Probe EB 5091 Shaped E Field IEEE 3 MHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 08B Probe EC 5091 Shaped E Field SC6 300 kHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 09B Probe ED 5091 Shaped E Field ICNIRP 300 kHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 10B ACCESSORIES 0000000000000 Test Generator 27 MHz Hand Held 2244 90 38 Tripod Non Conductive 1 65 m with Carrying Bag 2244 90 31
55. ap pear at 300 MHz see Radio Frequency Surveys 50 to 300 MHz above become increasingly significant as you move into even lower frequencies Below 10 MHz the equipment is affected also For accurate readings you must do one of two things 1 Place NBM meter and probe down on a non metallic stand and use fiber optic cables with adapter to read levels out re motely or 2 connect the probe to the NBM 520 and use fiber optic cables to read out field level on NBM 550 For low frequency antennas that employ guy wires there will normally be a field radiated from them that should be measured The level of the reading will be greatly affected by the measurement distance you use The IEEE ANSI C95 1 standard recommends a minimum measurement distance of 20 cm from any passive re radiator and 5 cm from an active radiator Most other standards and guidances list distances of 5 centimeters Contact current hazards may be present when there are low 100 MHz frequency transmitters and conductive objects that may be touched by personnel Ungrounded objects may store energy that will be discharged through a person s body when that object is touched When in doubt you should check the metallic objects near the antenna F POST SURVEY REPORTING Your post survey report is going to contain more than field readings Valuable knowledge can be obtained from a com plete listing of steps taken before during and after the survey 1 Emitter Infor
56. axes b 0 25 mV m to 0 14 mV m to 2 5 uA m to 90 uV m to 70 uV m to 0 4 uA m to DynamicRange 200 V m 160 V m 560 mA m 80 V m 36 V m 71 mA m 435 V m or 435 V m or 300 V m or 2 65 A m CW Damage Level 50 mW cm2 50 mW cm 250 A m f MHz 25 mW cm2 1000 V m above 1 MHz RF Connector N connector 50 Q Epig 10 C to 50 C same as SRM basic unit Temperature Range Climatic Storage 1K3 IEC 60721 3 Transport 2K4 IEC 60721 3 g Operating 7K2 IEC 60721 3 c S Mechanical amp Storage 1M2 IEC 60721 3 J Transport 2M3 IEC 60721 3 Operating 7M3 IEC 60721 3 ESD and EMC EN 61326 2006 Safety EN 61010 1 2004 CE European Yes Community v 29 g m Air Humidity 93 at 30 C Weight 450g 400g 470g 450g 550g 450g 450 mm length 450 mm length 450 mm length EN SR pa i Dimensions 120 mm antenna 120 mm antenna 120 mm antenna aaee HOTARE enna head head diameter head diameter head diameter inao A a 20 reference 21 reference peo Calibration points points 26 30 40 50 60 The SRM applies 26 45 75 NOB 29 808 750 75 100 200 300 linear 200 300 433 600 900 MHz 178 reference 433 600 750 183 reference 183 reference interpolation 750 900 MHz 1 12 14 16 18 points 900 MHz points points between 1 1 2 14 1 6 18 2 22 245 27 TTE PY reference points 2 22 245 27 3 3 5 4 45 5 5 5 Uu T 2 2 2 2 45 2 6 3 GHz 5 8 6 GHz 2 8 3 GHz Calibration Interval NOTES 24 months recommended
57. be placed strategically around high power test areas powered by DC voltage and connected by fiber optic cables back to the NBM 580 Levels detected by the monitors can be con tinuously compared to preset thresholds and generate immediate alarms if those thresholds are exceeded With the built in Ethernet connection monitoring can be configured anywhere that a connection exists N53 monitors have NEMA enclosure and solar charging panel optional accessories for outdoor monitoring applications Local Remote Control Backlit LCD with Touch Screen Input Channel Select Field Monitoring For more precise field monitoring the NBM 580 can be con nected to NBM meters and probes A typical system would consist of NBM series field probes and NBM 520 meters The fiber optic output of the NBM 520 is routed to the NBM 580 where display of the detected fields is processed Many NBM probes cover dynamic ranges of 60 dB and provide detection of E or H fields to provide coverage of most any industrial communication or military applications System Operation As the NBM 580 is a metering station it requires no re calibration Therefore it can form part of a comprehensive monitoring system where it can be semi permanently mounted All probes meters and Nardalerts do require peri odic re calibration and can be readily substituted with other calibrated units directly for seamless operation BUS Activity LED narda USB Ports Alarm
58. cables Some low frequency designs exclude cables to maintain accurate readings Before performing a survey certain characteristics need consideration including 2 Field Detection All probes available measure either the electric E or magnetic H fields At higher frequencies 300 MHz some standards require that only one field component be measured usually E while at lower frequencies both field components might need to be measured Additionally you need to determine if surveys are to be performed with isotropic or anisotropic probes Isotropic probes are usually preferred because mistakes can be made when detecting fields from only one direction Reflections are not as readily found and can result in considerable measurement errors When measuring in the near field areas an isotropic probe may be the only accurate solution because the phase rela tionship varies rapidly near the antenna 3 Frequency Range The instrument you choose must cover the frequency or frequencies of the emission Some emissions may have large harmonics or multiples of the main signal which a narrowband detector may not respond to 4 Measurement Range Calculations give you an estimate of the field strengths to expect Most likely you will want a probe that measures levels both above and below the calcu lated levels 5 Detection Probes usually employ either diode based or thermocouple based detection A diode is a non linear de vice which m
59. com www narda sts us Application Notes EMPLOYEE TRAINING Every employee whose work is in any way connected with operation maintenance or inspection of the RF heat sealer must be trained thoroughly about the program All new employees who meet these work criteria should also be trained as part of the initial indoctrination If changes are made to the program they must be communicated in text RF Radiation Safety and Heat Sealers ASSIGNMENT OF SOMEONE TO ADMINISTER THE PROGRAM Administration of an RF Radiation Safety Program does not require large amounts of time or money However the person in charge must report on a regular basis the status of the program and the program itself must be continually documented form and verbally to the employees Periodic review of the program must be conducted by the program administrator EXPOSURE CONDITIONS IN HEAT SEALER EXPERIMENT ELECTRIC FIELD mW cm sal un MAGNETIC FIELD INDUCED CURRENT mW cm mA 0 25 0 1 SHIELDS SHEILD PROPERLY FAILURE DEPLOYED SHIELDS SHEILD PROPERLY FAILURE DEPLOYED SHIELDS SHEILD PROPERLY FAILURE DEPLOYED MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE UNDER UNCONTROLLED CONDITIONS MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE UNDER CONTROLLED amp UNCONTROLLED CONDITIONS The Impact of Shield Failur
60. cycle is represented as the period in which the magnitude of the electric field vector varies from zero through its maxi mum value back through zero to its minimum value and finally back to zero The unit of frequency is Hertz or 1 cycle per second Hertz Hz The unit for expressing frequency f One hertz equals one cycle per second intermediate field region That portion of the Fresnel re gion of an antenna where the power density is decreasing at a near linear rate 1 r with range Not usually used in safety calculations isotropic antenna A hypothetical antenna radiating or receiving equally in all 4 x directions In the case of elec tromagnetic waves isotropic antennas do not exist physically but represent convenient reference antennas for expressing directional properties of actual antennas An isotropic an tenna would have a gain of 1 magnetic field strength H A field vector that is equal to the magnetic flux density divided by the permeability of the medium Magnetic field strength is expressed in units of am peres per meter A m magnetic flux density B A field vector quantity that results in a force F that acts on a moving charge or charges The vector product of the velocity v at which an infinitesimal unit test charge q is moving with f is the force that acts on the test charge divided by q i vx p vx q Magnetic flux density is expressed in units of tesla T One T is equal to 10 g
61. detection frequency range 30 Hz to 400 kHz o Type dependent see Ordering Information Detection automatic according to selected standard aon Includes flatness isotropy absolute and linearity variations frequency range 1 Hz to 400 kHz or 10 Hz to 400 kHz The uncertainty increases at the frequency band limits 10 Hz 30 Hz 400 kHz to 1 dB based on the nominal frequency response For Frequency Range 1 Hz to 400 kHz and 10 Hz to 400 kHz only Preliminary guide values The overload limit will be specified more precisely to allow specification of the analog output Ordering Information ELT 400 SET ORDERING NUMBER Calibrated Basic Unit and B Field Probe 100 cm Certificate of Calibration Charger fits all AC line connectors Operating Programming Manual and Rechargeable Batteries EXPOSURE STD IEC 62233 2304 106 USA EXPOSURE STD ICNIRP occ FIELD STRENGTH 320 pT FIELD STRENGTH 80 mT Probe Extension Cable length 1 m 2300 90 30 Serial Interface Cable length 2 m Stereo Jack DB9 2260 90 51 Analog Interface Cable length 3 m D SUB15 3xBNC 2260 90 80 Transport Case 2245 90 07 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 00 Tripod non conductive height 1 65 m 2244 90 31 Tripod Extension non conductive height 0 5 m 2244 90 45 B field Probe 3 cm Upgrade required for all ELT 400 with Firmware Version below 2 1 or 2300 90 20 Serial Number A 0001 til H 9999 28 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications
62. field calculations that can be performed before the survey This section concentrates on the most common types of leak age surveys The three types of surveys are A Microwave Ovens B Industrial Equipment and C Transmission Line leakage A MICROWAVE OVENS Microwave oven standards regulate the permissible leakage around the perimeter of an oven door not human exposure This leads to a difference in the basic design of the survey equipment The instruments required to measure this leak age are one directional or anisotropic This design helps ensure that only the oven is being tested rather than having measurements potentially disturbed by other sources in the immediate area The U S Code of Federal Regulation CFR 21 part 1030 specifies the maximum amount of leakage from the oven at distances of 5 cm 1 0 mW cm before the oven is sold and narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes JAN 5 0 mW cm throughout its operating life Similar standards are used in other countries 1 Presurvey Inspections Microwave ovens have built in safety features that should be checked before surveying for leakage Visual inspections of the door hinges door seals and latch mechanism should be performed The latch mechanism can be checked by insuring the oven stops operation when
63. for EFA 300 O E Converter ORSD 9 Universal Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000 um 2m 2245 301 Software EFA 300 Tools Power Supply 9 VDC 100 V 240 VAC all Plugs Operating Manual EFA 300 E Field Probe 5 Hz 32 kHz for EFA 300 Calibrated Power Supply 9VDC 100 V 240 VAC all Plugs Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000 um 10m 2245 302 Tripod Non Conductive 1 65 m with Carrying Bag EFA 300 EM Field Analyzer Set 2245 301 with Electrical Field Probe 2245 302 2245 30 EFA 300 EM Field Analyzer Set with Electrical Field Probe and Option FFT 32 kHz 2245 30 FFT 32 EFA 300 with Option FFT 32 kHz 2245 301 FFT32 Probe Electric Field for EFA 300 with Option FFT 32 kHz 2245 302 FFT32 OPTIONS Part Number Option FFT 5 Hz 32 kHz Please provide S N of EFA 300 and Probe ee Option FFT 2 kHz 32 kHz 2245 95 19 Please provide S N of EFA 300 and Probe only with Option FFT 5 Hz 2 kHz Probe B Field A 100 cm 2245 90 10 Probe B Field D 30 mm 2245 90 20 Software EFA TS Remote and Data Analysis Software 2245 93 56 Cable Probe Extension 1 25 m 2244 90 35 Tripod Non Conductive 1 65 m with Carrying Bag 2244 90 31 Tripod Extension 0 50m Non Conductive 2244 90 45 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex F SMA 10 m 2260 90 42 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex F SMA 30 m 2260 90 44 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex F SMA 50 m 2260 90 46 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex F SMA 100 m 2260 90 48 Cable Adapter USB 2 0 RS232 0 8 m 2260 90 53 narda Safety Test Solutions an E
64. has applied the proper amount of pressure the RF generator comes on and the heating cycle begins Heating time is typically a few seconds Then the generator is shut off the press and shields open and the sealer is ready to accept another part narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 147 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes RF Radiation Safety and Heat Sealers sealers currently being sold will also not comply with the ex posure limits imposed by IEEE C95 1 2005 Finally even the best of the new equipment can still produce serious overexposure should the shields fail They are mechani cal and must be removed or adjusted with every change of tooling In some work environments in which the operators are paid by the piece it is not uncommon for operators to re move the shields that have just been inspected by a supervisor or health and safety professional in order to increase their pro duction rates When this is done the operator is subject to severe overexposure conditions The Ramifications From a liability standpoint the potential damage to employ ees from overexposure to high levels of radiation emitted from RF heat sealers can be menacing This is especially true today when more and more people are becoming aware of rights in the workplace and sensitivity to workplace hazards is increasin
65. is a SMARTS Il model shaped to match each of the major standards The SMARTS Il operates from a common nine volt battery or a 12 volt or 24 volt DC supply Every monitor has an audio alarm An alarm condition causes both a volt age transition to occur and a SPDT relay to operate Either the TTL signal or the relay contacts can be used to provide remote alarms a record of alarm conditions and or automatic shutoff of equipment The SMARTS II area monitors can be used outdoors by installing the monitor in a NEMA weatherproof enclosure narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 91 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Personal and Area Monitors Operation SMARTS II monitors operate like common household smoke detectors When operating normally the alarm LED flashes approximately every 40 seconds If operating under battery power and the battery needs replacement a chirp accom panies the LED flash A continuous audible and visual alarm occurs when the SMARTS II detects RF radiation at its preset level or higher Both an electronic signal and a relay closure are provided during alarm conditions Either of these indica tions can be used to activate various user supplied remote circuitry and systems The SMARTS II goes into a continuous alarm mode if the battery drops below a critical level or if the detector fails Operation ca
66. its highest power level With industrial surveys it is important to consider both whole body averaging and time averaging Most processes use high power for a short period which allows for consider ably lower averaged exposure levels When surveying it is normally beneficial to use a story pole that will allow you to mark various survey heights and repeatably measure at the same point The Narda Models 8511 and 8513 Industrial Compliance Meters are unique in their ability to measure electric and magnetic fields without changing probes which can greatly reduce survey time High power handling is also worth mentioning here When surveying a device that operates at 27 12 MHz you will most likely be in the near field The wavelength at this frequency is approximately 11 meters which means that because of the proximity to the source power may vary greatly with only a slight change of probe position narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy Surveys A sample survey sheet Heat Sealer Record is shown on page 151 This form can be modified for other industrial surveys Australia Canada the United Kingdom and the United States have limitations on contact current In the U S there are also limitations on induced body currents Such limitations should be considered when planning to perform low frequency 100 MHz surveys In a document published in 1989 the U S National Institute of Occu
67. just the underfunded understaffed government agen cies charged with protecting workers and the general public A classic example of the truth of this claim comes from recent US court rulings In 2007 the Alaska State Supreme Court up held a lower court ruling awarding temporary total disability and medical benefits to an employee who was exposed to levels greater than allowed but below thermal thresholds of harm This type of court ruling is important because it direct ly challenges the popular notion of standards In Orchitt v AT amp T Alascom a satellite communications pro vider John Orchitt an employee of AT amp T was accidently exposed in 1998 to RF radiation emitted by a leaky wave guide feeding a satellite communications uplink antenna while working at a satellite communications terminal The transmitter serving the antenna was supposed to have been turned off but another was mistakenly turned off in stead Consequently the transmitter serving the waveguide Orchitt was working near was delivering about 90 W of power at 6 GHz Orchitt later filed for workers compensation benefits claiming he had suffered head brain and upper body injuries as a result of overexposure to EM radiation AT amp T disagreed but after a contested hearing the Alaska Workers Compensation Board awarded him temporary total disability and medical benefits AT amp T unsuccessfully appealed in superior court alleging that procedural irregularitie
68. lim its set by the standard However with shield failure radiation levels exceeded by more than 40 times the maximum levels considered acceptable and they were only moved 1 in from the safe position 149 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes RF Radiation Safety and Heat Sealers Ensuring Compliance with RF Radiation Monitoring One of the most fundamental elements of ensuring compli ance is monitoring with precision instruments RF radiation in the critical areas around the heat sealer The equipment discussed here is manufactured by Narda Safety Test Solutions and is designed to serve different needs The products are designed to Continuously monitor and protect the heat sealer operator Provide protection for maintenance personal Make compliance measurements PERSONAL PROTECTION Narda s personal monitors are an excellent tool for people who must perform maintenance on any part of the heat sealer not only in the press area but around the generator as well About the size of a pack of cigarettes it fits in a jacket or shirt pocket Monitors provide wearable protection against overexposure to non ionizing radiation in models that cover 100 kHz to 100 GHz which covers all RF heat sealers Narda monitors have visual and audible alarms and operate on b
69. narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Smarts II Area Monitors Monitor Specifications PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Model Number Frequency Range Frequency Sensitivity Calibration Frequencies Alarm Threshold Maximum CW Power Density Maximum Peak Power Density Battery External Power Requirements STATUS signal levels Status Relay Recorder Output Level Temperature Operating Non operating Size Weight approximate Color Accessories Supplied A8830 through D8830 2 MHz to 100 GHz 6 0 3 0 dB 2 MHz to 2 3 GHz 4 5 2 5 dB 2 3 to 30 GHz 2 5 6 0 30 to 50 GHz 2 5 6 0 dB 50 to 100 GHz Typical 100 MHz 4 GHz 1096 2596 3596 or 5096 of Standard 300096 of Standard 32 dB above Standard 9 volt alkaline 12 Vdc 10 50 ma max 24 Vdc 10 50 ma max 4 Vdc standby 4 Vdc alarm nominal SPDT 1 Vdc full scale approximate 10 C to 55 C 20 C to 55 C 9 4 Lx 8 1 W x 5 0 H 23 9 cm x 20 6 cm x 12 7 cm 26 oz 0 74 kg White Mating 9 pin connector Battery Operation Manual Weatherproof Housing Specifications PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Part Number Construction Rating Size Weight approximate Color Accessories Supplied 11081900 All plastic NEMA class 4X 11 8 Lx 11 8 W x 7 2 H 30 0 cm x 30 0 cm x 18 3 cm 45 0z 1 3 kg Light Gray Mating Weatherproof Connector NOTES a Use Selection Guide to determine the SMARTS II shaped to your standard o
70. of Frequency Response LED Indicators Alarm Threshold CW Overload Peak Overload Sensors Directivity Sensitivity Frequency Sensitivity Typical H field E Field Isotropic Responsed ELF Immunity Memory Number of Data Points six values per data point Logging Intervalsf Logging Time Q rate of 1 min Calibration Frequency Recommended Calibration Interval Battery Type Life Temperature Operating Non operating Humidity Weight including cap and batteries Size without cap with cap as absorber with cap as handle Accessories Supplied Optional Accessories Notes RADMAN XT RADMAN See Model Selection Guide Shaped 12 596 2596 5096 and 10096 of Standard 50 of Standard 20 dB above standard but not more than 10 kV m or 26 5 A m 40 dB above standard for pulse widths lt 10 usec E and H Field no H field for General Public versions Diode based design Isotropic Tri axial 696 of Standard 3 dB 3 dB up to 3 GHz 4 3 dB 3 GHz to 10 GHz 6 3 dB 10 GHz to 18 GHz 6 10 dB 18 GHz to 40 GHz 4 2 dB 27 MHz to 500 MHz 1 kV m 1638 1 sec 2 sec 5 sec 10 sec 1 min 3 min default 1 min 27 3 hrs 100 MHz 200 MHz for IEEE versions 05 55 36 months 2xAAA Alkaline 200 hrs with LEDs and Audio Alarm OFF 10 C to 55 C 40 C to 70 C 5 to 9596 non condensing 29 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 4 6 oz 130 g 1 0x 1 4x 62 inches 26 x
71. of measurement equipment narrow band and broadband can be used in either application narrowband instruments are increasingly used in broadcast environments while broadband equipment is generally best suited to industrial applications The reasons will become clear once the measurement environments and equipment characteristics are described CONSIDERATIONS FOR BROADCAST APPLICATION Making EM field measurements until the early 1980s was a comparatively simple procedure Standards during this time specified a single MPE level for all frequencies so antennas employed by EM measurement equipment were equally sensitive at all frequencies and rather simple To make the measurements a technician or engineer simply measured the total field strength at various places around the site and assuming the total was below that mandated by the current applicable standard compliance was assumed If the total field strength was above the specified maximum level the accepted procedure was last on first off a mat ter of seniority That is the most recent company to add its transmitter to the site was deemed the problem and had to remedy the situation This could mean that the company had to uproot its transmitting facilities and find another location Of course since there were fewer multi emitter sites at that time only one organization the sole occupant of the site would be affected Later in the 1980s standards became frequency depe
72. of the total value Progress Memory History Mode Graphical display of the latest values versus time time span 2 min to 8 h 1 kHz to 100 GHz or OFF Cere us nnus direct frequency selection interpolation between calibration points Acoustic indication of increasing or decreasing field strength Hot Spot Search Actual or Maximum Alarm Function 2 kHz warning tone 4 Hz repetition rate variable threshold Starting time setting Up to 24 h in advance or record immediately Recording time up to 100 h Store interval Every 1s to 6 min in 11 steps Number of store intervals up to 32000 Timer Controlled Recording Timer Logging Memory 4 GB expandable through USB Memory Remote Operation Interface Ethernet and IEEE 488 2 Standard RS 232 Optional 4 optical USB interfaces serial full duplex 115200 baud no parity SRS a CORSI 1 start bit 1 stop bit 4 additional USB interfaces on rear panel Keyboard and Mouse 2 front panel USB interfaces High Power Alarm Relays Two user configurable relays rated for 3 Amps at 115 130 VAC or 5 Amps at 30V Recommended Calibration Interval Temperature Range Humidity Size Weight Accessories Included 24 months Operational 10 C to 50 C Non operational transport 30 C to 70 C 5 to 9596 relative humidity no condensation 29 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 21 x 17 x 5 25 in 53 4 x 43 2 x 13 4 cm excluding rack mount angles 14 25 Ibs
73. produced by the amplitude modulation of a continuous wave carrier by one or more pulses pulse repetition frequency PRF In pulsed systems the number of output pulses per unit time usually expressed in Hertz sec pulse width n pulsed systems the amount of time that each output pulse or burst of energy is on In radar sys tems pulse width is measured in microseconds 10 sec pulse systems A system designed to produce its energy in short pulses or bursts repeated at regular intervals see pulse width duty factor and pulse repetition frequency Applica tions include most radars and are distinct from CW systems radiation The emission or transfer of energy in the form of electromagnetic waves radio frequency RF Although the RF spectrum is formally defined in terms of frequency as extending from 0 to 3000 GHz for purposes of this document the frequency range of interest is 3 kHz to 300 GHz re radiated field An electromagnetic field resulting from currents induced in a secondary predominantly conducting object by electromagnetic waves incident on that object from oneormore primary radiating structures orantennas Re radi ated fields are sometimes called reflected or more correctly scattered fields The scattering object is sometimes called a re radiator or secondary radiator see scattered radiation RF hot spot A highly localized area of relatively intense ra dio frequency radiation that manif
74. protection device for horizontal vertical and radial fields below 1 GHz Above 1 GHz the sensitivity to radial fields is reduced even with the 90 degree rotation of the wearer Radial fields above 1 GHz are not significant as a potential hazard since they predominate for less than 1 6 of a wavelength from the radiator The frequency response of the monitor is shaped to the MPE of one of the exposure standards Both sensors operate in their square law region The alarm threshold varies with frequency and is appropriate for each standard independent of frequency or the number of signals The control circuit incorporates a microprocessor that permits data logging dual thresholds and the ability to adjust both alarm levels and logging rate narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy Ultra Wideband Electromagnetic Radiation Monitor This paper was originally presented by Edward Aslan at the Bioelectromagnetic Society BEMS annual meeting in St Faul MN June 2001 It describes the development of the Nardalert XT personal monitor This sensor has been since updated for use in the Nardalert 53 AKN HIGH FREQUENCY SENSOR THIN FILM RESISTIVE THERMO COUPLES nar A Lossy MATERIAL 2 5 KQ cm LOSSY MATERIAL 600 Q cm INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY DIPOLE DETECTOR SURFACE CHARGE DETECTOR The assembly drawing shows the complete sensor assembly It consists of three independent sensors T
75. radiation from sources operating from 3 kHz to 300 GHz It provides a broad background in the char acteristics and generation of electromagnetic radiation by a Course Outline DAY ONE Introduction Theory Instrument Overview Detector Designs DAY TWO Effects and Definitions Standards Overview Antenna Designs and Calculations Introduction to Surveys DAY THREE Performing Surveys Documenting a Survey Course Review CREDITS The American Board of Industrial Hygiene ABIH has approved this course for three certification CM points PREREQUISITE A professional background in science engineering or environmental health and safety is highly desirable Schedule And Registration To register or to obtain the latest seminar schedule contact npe age BY MAIL Narda Seminar Center variety of sources Instrument designs applications and limi 435 Moreland Road tations are discussed in detail Hauppauge NY 11788 Survey techniques calculations and documentation are py FAX 631 231 1711 emphasized Several types of emitters provide practical hands on BY TELEPHONE 631 231 1700 Ext 242 experience operating a broad variety of instruments J n BY E MAIL nardaseminar L 3COM com In a small work group setting you will make electric field and magnetic field measurements A variety of sources are used to give you realistic measurement experience narda Safety Test Solutions an communications compan
76. signal characteristics Thermocouples are always true RMS root mean squared de tectors and yield accurate readings for all signal conditions Narda s patented designs operate in the traveling wave mode at higher frequencies The Models EF 5091 and EF 5092 for example have been proven accurate up to at least 100 GHz The major disadvantage of thermocouple probes is the zero drift which occurs for several minutes during warmup and can occur if the ambient temperature changes significantly Product Recommendations for Common Applications Select a meter based on the features that you expect to use and the skills of the surveyor For example if you plan on simply checking a piece of industrial equipment for leaks ad vanced features such as data logging are not needed Probe selection depends on several factors Refer to pages 70 72 for details The following are suggested hardware configura tions for some of the most common applications WIRELESS AND BROADCAST COMMUNICATIONS The combination of complex multi signal environments frequency dependent exposure standards and regulations for emitters that generate more than 5 of exposure limits makes the SRM 3006 the ideal choice for the wireless and broadcast industries The ability to identify important emit ters below 6 GHz at these sites by frequency and level makes it an ideal solution for a better understanding of the site The broadband NBM meters and probes are also good choices f
77. sts us INSTRUMENTS AND MONITORS Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement Personal and Area Monitors Microwave Oven Instruments narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 15 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement Electric and Magnetic Field Instrument Selection Guide Design Features that Impact Application Product Recommendations for Common Applications Application Guide Design Features that Impact Application SURVEY SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Every survey system requires a minimum of one probe the sensor and one meter that displays the measurement data Systems may include a cable to connect the meter to the probe In many applications it is desirable to mount the probe directly on the meter Similarly a fiber optic link is sometimes used to provide remote information to a computer or another meter The use of a non conducting cable to connect the meter to the probe is by far the most common configuration It allows the probe to be held out away from the body minimizing interaction with the electromagnetic field which improves measurement accuracy This separation between the operator and the measurement point can be an important safety issue in certain applications where strong fields exist A direct connection be
78. the ini tial values of Detectability Severity and Occurrence can be accomplished with administrative controls engineering con trols or both For example if the area around either type of waveguide is protected from unauthorized entry or posted with clearly labeled signage this would reduce the value for Occurrence Pressurizing an unpressurized waveguide system would allow the Detectability element of the RPN to be low ered In addition employing an area RF monitor with battery backup that sends an alert to someone when specific EM field levels are exceeded would further reduce the RPN The use of administrative and engineering controls is discussed in detail later in the RF Safety Guide STEP 5 Initiate a Program If an RF safety program is required several basic activi ties must be performed to create its framework First and foremost it is essential to understand that from a legal per spective an RF safety program does not exist if its presence cannot be documented The first thing any inspecting agency or attorney will ask for is proof that such a program exists The program must not only be documented but must be continu ally updated with notations about all activities or events that occurred after it was established In Table 2 which identified program elements according to the safety program catego ries the check list covers everything from administrative details to performing an inventory of potential hazards ex posur
79. time period 1 to 30 minutes combined with Max AVRG maximum hold function of the average values Marker highest peak next peak right next peak left next highest peak next lowest peak Display switchable between Value and Max Value Extrapolation factor settable from 0 to 100 in steps of 0 001 P CPICH Isotropic measurement for direct display of the isotropic result Measurement in the direction of the X Y and Z axis separate measurement in one direction using an isotropic three axis measuring antenna Up to 16 scrambling codes simultaneously Value instantaneous and MAX Value maximum channel power User defines cell names using cell name tables Number of sweeps since the last reset Selection of individual scrambling codes Extrapolation factor settable from 0 to 100 in steps of 0 001 Normal Table Display Table Ratio Table format Index Scrambling Code Value Max Value Cell Name Total of all ACT Value and MAX Max Value values Total Analog measurement result Analog Table format Index Scrambling Code Value Max Value Ratio of Value to Analog Total of all ACT Value and MAX Max Value values Total Analog measurement result Analog Bar Graph Bar graph display of selected scrambling codes with the Total value and the Analog measurement result with maximum values indicated in each case Mixed Total of selected scrambling codes Value and Max Value shown in enlarged numerical for
80. up to 8 hours e Selectable Units V m A m W m mW cm and 96 of Standard when using shaped frequency response probes Stored standards and guidances in the NBM s memory allow you to simultaneously display readings as a of Standard if frequency is known Data memory for up to 5000 measurements AVERAGING FUNCTIONS e Time Averaging 4 seconds to 30 minutes in 2 second intervals Spatial Averaging discrete or continuous AUDIBLE ALARM Variable alarm threshold setting Audible indication of increasing or decreasing field strength PROBE INTERFACE Automatic detection of probe type and calibration information Fully automatic and variable zero adjustment interval times Additional optical input for separating probe from meter REMOTE CONTROL PCconnection via USB or Optical interface Trigger input for externally initiating readings to be taken NBM TS software enables remote controlled measurements Screenshots can be downloaded to PC Rugged and lightweight housing designed for easy one hand operation 60 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN 11 22 2006 321442 PM ow 2297 NBM Option Set Consider the Option Set for the NBM 550 and how it can sim plify your survey reports a major advantage Thi
81. 0 03 96 470 000 MHz 0 000 05 96 806 000 MHz 0 000 00 96 821 000 MHz 0 000 00 96 824 000 MHz 0 000 00 96 849 000 MHz 0 000 00 96 0 000 22 96 0 000 56 96 Isotropic Sweep Time 4 214 s Progress E MR 0 1 RBW 200 kHz Auto Noise Suppr Off No of Runs 9 AVG 4 Overview with Safety Evaluation The services to be checked are recorded in editable tables There s no complicated evaluation needed in Safety Evaluation Mode The numerical result shows the individual contributions of the services as well as the overall level in terms of the permitted limit value SRM 3006 the way you like and store a complete configura tion for later use or repeated uses You can set up parameters for time controlled storing that only logs the data you want above a certain threshold level Each system has an embed ded GPS receiver and microphone so every stored reading is supplied with GPS coordinates and can have an audio de scription added Applications The SRM 3006 has some special capabilities when it comes to RF safety measurements In addition we have added some other operational modes UMTS P CPICH for common en gineering measurements But if you simply want to perform safety measurements the SRM 3006 makes it simple SAFETY EVALUATION MODE Have you ever made a broadband measurement and wish you really knew what all the emissions all around you were really adding The Safety Evaluation Mode is a very popular method to make a reading th
82. 00 1 eicere es 104 42942901 niieenr Er E RERRX 104 42942902 cc cece eee 104 42945500 tret ro P RR RrIS 13 42945501 cessere treu 13 650 000 005 08 41 44 050 000 035 izis sasies ssns 41 44 650 000 058 04 41 44 650 000 05 9 angs Lo etn tene 41 44 650 000 062 Ls esess 41 44 650 000 128 cien 41 44 650 000 178 esses 41 44 650 000 179 cce enn 41 44 650 000 182 eere 41 44 655 000 005 sin etr peer Er 41 44 70881000 2 erbe aby eue 102 rap seas 95 8230 ssecospoc tue seien eames 96 88010000 rema 102 88011000 ceste ens 102 88012000 eee 102 88016000 ir eae hive oberen 102 88017000 error teme 102 88018000 rere 102 88020000 acusen 102 88021000 eere rmn 102 88022000 spicis e ns 102 88024000 meor sissen rennene 102 88025000 ir inisi niii 102 A883 cede eerre eph rere hex 92 B8830 ciis esee eee 92 C8830 ccs atptRe d PR EORR 92 D8830 cocci eecee ee t teme 92 EA 5091 Lainensksarepere edes 70 EB SOOM ccc nord bee meter dee 70 EC SOIT oceani epe ated 70 ED 5091 ciis cose rcr nes 70 EF 0391 5 ss rex memes 70 EF 0392 rere eher 70 ER OGD ies ier edhe a ea 70 ER TSO T5 us ep de rre 70 EF50915 cschaeet pev ruber b ones 70 EP 5092 ci sdegisdd t ets 70 EF 6091 isse teer gover aes 70 EFA 300 e oe eee 29 EHP 50D eerie eER EIE RS 36 EHP 200A 2 eene doi cinio 42 EET 2400 14 Seth prep E RE 23 HF 0191 icssaee
83. 00 750 Mhz 5 to 9596 RH 7 302 1 0 1 8 2 45 4 0 8 2 10 18 26 5 40 0 5 dB 42 0 dBf Standard Standard 45 5 GHz lt 25 C 206 gms 11 8 300 mm Probe Model Number HF 3061 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 0 3 0 10 27 12 100 200 Probe Model Numbers EA 5091 EB 5091 EC 5091 and ED 5091 13 7 348 mm j 4 1 104 mm gt narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us 71 AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM Series Probes Shaped Probes The goal in designing and manufacturing a traditional flat frequency response probe is to make the probe equally responsive to energy at every frequency within its rated frequency range In contrast Narda s patented shaped fre quency response probes are designed and manufactured so that their sensitivity mirrors a particular standard or guid ance as closely as possible For example many of the major guidances and standards in the world set E field limits for maximum human exposure at 614 V m 1000 W m at lower frequencies 1 MHz At frequencies of 10 to 400 MHz the limits are typically much less 61 4 V m 10 W m a difference of 20 dB 100 times the power A shaped frequency response probe designed for such limits is 100 times more sensitive in the 100 MHz region than at 1 MHz If you were p
84. 00 kHz 0 5 to 60096 of ICNIRP E Field Shaped 2402 10B to 50 GHz Recommendations for ICNIRP NOTES Cutoff frequency at approximately 3 dB 6 dB for EF 6091 a Occupational Exposures Linearity 0 5 dB 1 2 to 200 V m 0 7dB 200 to 320 V m 2 3 dB 1 to 2 V m 1 dB 2 to 4 V m 0 5 dB 4 to 400 V m 1 dB 400 to 1300 V m 0 5 dB 2 to 400 V m 3 dB 0 8 to 1 65 V m 1 dB 1 65 to 3 3 V m 0 5 dB 3 3 to 300 V m 0 8 dB 300 to 1000 V m 1 dB 8 to 27 V m 0 3 dB gt 27 V m 1 dB 18 to 61 4 V m 0 3 dB 61 4 V m 3 dB 0 7 to 2 V m 1 dB 2 to 250 V m x2 dB 250 to 400 V m 3 dB 0 017 to 0 033 A m 1 dB 0 033 to 0 068 A m 0 5 dB 0 068 to 3 A m 1 dB 3 to 16 A m x3 dB 0 026 to 0 05 A m 1 dB 0 05 to 0 1 A m 0 5 dB 0 1 to 3 A m 1dB 3 to 16 A m x3 dB 0 5 to 696 1 dB 6 to 100 2 dB 100 to 600 Frequency Sensitivity 9 0 5 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 1 4 dB 100 MHz to 3 GHz 1 dB 1 MHz to 1 GHz 1 25 dB 1 to 2 45 GHz 1 5 dB 1 MHz to 4 GHz 1 5 dB 10 to 100 MHz 2 4 dB 100 MHz to 8 GHz 3 0 dB 8 0 to 18 GHz 1 25 3 dB 0 3 to 1 0 GHz 1 25 dB 1 to 50 GHz 41 25 3 dB 0 3 to 1 0 GHz 1 25 dB 1 to 50 GHz 3 0 7 0 dB 100 MHz to 60 GHz 3 dB 300 MHz to 40 GHz 0 5 dB 500 kHz to 30 MHz 0 5 dB 27 to 300 MHz 0 65 dB 300 to 750 MHz 1 2 dB 750 MHz to 1 GHz 2 0 dB from Standard Unl
85. 091 EF5092 EF 6091 Mobile Telecommunication Broadcasting 4 Satellite Communication Radar Signals Industry Heating and Hardening T Industry Plastic Welding Industry Semiconductor Production Medicine Diathermy Hyperthermia ii id Leak Detection gt General Public Exposure Levels 4 Occupational Exposure Levels 4 4 4 bestusefor lt partially suitable for Probe Ordering Number listed on preceeding page 72 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN NIM 511 and NIM 513 Industrial Field Meters Complete Measurement System with Dual Electric and Magnetic Field Probe for Frequencies up to 100 MHz Covers Most Industrial Equipment Fast and Reliable Measurements Extremely Easy to Use Low Cost Compact and Lightweight RMS Detection 9 9 9 9 Ap lications RF Heat Sealers and Vinyl Welders Semiconductor Process Equipment and Glass Deposition 5 RF Induction Heating Dielectric Dryers and Heaters Plasma Generation Systems Description The Narda Models NIM 511 and NIM 513 combine an un precedented ease of operation with powerful measurement capabilit
86. 1 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN RF Safety Products Table of Contents Introduction eerte ntt ttnnnnn 2 RF SAFETY TRAINING seen tttm 5 RF Radiation Regulations see 6 Seminars and Courses eerte 8 iple 12 INSTRUMENTS AND MONITORS ss 15 Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement 16 THM1176 3 Axis Hall Magnetometer 19 ELT 400 Exposure Level Tester sss 23 EFA 300 Field Analyzer eee 29 EHP 50D Field Analyzer eee 36 EHP 200A Field Analyzer ees 42 SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter 45 NBM 550 Broadband Meter e 59 NBM 520 Broadband Meter es 65 NBM Series Probes eene 69 NIM Series Industrial Field Meters 73 Personal and Area Monitors Nardalert S3 NIR Monitors eene 77 RadMan RadMan XT RF Personal Monitors 83 NBM 580 Broadband Radiation Meter 87 Ultra Wideband Smarts Il Area Monitors 91 Microwave Oven Instruments Model 8217 Microwave Oven Rechargeable Battery Management 100 Request for Calibration or Repair Form 101 Replacement Pa
87. 1 MHz to 1 GHz for most models Exceptions are noted STANDARD GUIDANCE BGV B11 2001 Exp 1 Occupational Canada Safety Code 6 2009 Controlled ENV 50166 2 Occupational FCC 96 326 Occupational Controlled ICNIRP 1998 Occupational Japan RCR 38 Controlled RADMAN XT 2251 01 2251 51 fast E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 1 MHz to 1 GHz 2251 10 E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 1 MHz to 1 GHz 2251 04 E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 27 MHz to 1 GHz 2251 02 E Field 3 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 3 MHz to 1 GHz 2251 06 2251 56 fast E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 27 MHz to 1 GHz 2251 03 E Field 3 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 3 MHz to 1 GHz RadMan Personal Monitors RADMAN 2250 51 2250 01 fast E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 1 MHz to 1 GHz 2250 60 2250 10 fast E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 1 MHz to 1 GHz 2250 54 2250 04 fast E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 27 MHz to 1 GHz 2250 52 2250 02 fast E Field 3 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 3 MHz to 1 GHz 2250 56 2250 06 fast E Field 1 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 27 MHz to 1 GHz 2250 53 2250 03 fast E Field 3 MHz to 40 GHz H Field 3 MHz to 1 GHz narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us 85 Personal and Area Monitors RadMan Personal Monitors Specifications Frequency Range Type
88. 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz 158 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us International Standards and Guidances J ICNIRP Reference Levels 1998 for Time Varying Electric and Magnetic Fields LIMITS IN TERMS OF FIELD STRENGTH Reference Levels for Occupational Exposures Reference Levels for General Public Exposures 1 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz LIMITS IN TERMS OF EQUIVALENT POWER DENSITY 10 000 0 Reference Levels for Occupational Exposures Reference Levels for General Public Exposures 1 000 0 100 0 mW cm 10 0 1 0 0 1 1 3 10 30 100 300 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 159 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Ordering Information HOW TO ORDER The information in this catalog will in most cases be sufficient for you to select a particular Narda Safety Test Solutions Narda STS product In those instances where additional information is required a telephone call to your local Sales Representative will provide you with price availability and delivery information When placing your order please include model number prod
89. 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Personal and Area Monitors RadMan Personal Monitors Applications RadMan RF monitors are generally usable over their entire rated frequency range with one limitation Standard RadMan monitors are not recommended for use with radar signals Fast RadMan monitors are available for applications where peak detection of radar signals is desired See Detecting Peak Radar Signals on the next page There are two series of RadMan RF monitors Within each se ries the specifications are essentially identical except for the sensor shaping Each specific standard or guidance requires some differences in the sensor design and calibration The specified frequency range of each model can vary depend ing on the difficulty in shaping the frequency response of the monitor to match the standard The two RadMan series are RADMAN XT This is the full featured RadMan monitor It operates over the maximum frequency range and contains both E and H field sensors Monitors are generally shaped to match the higher level of two tier standards i e the Controlled Occupational or RF Worker limits The data logger can log more than 1 600 sets of data that can be used to analyze personnel exposures in order to improve operations Or it can be used in the same way a Flight Data Recorder is used on board an aircraft the logged data can be reviewed whenever there is a need to de termine an individu
90. 250 92 03 sisaccctaciaaaacnevas 86 2260 90 80 i e cepere xvn 28 2245 90 20 eese eee 35 2251 01 ses dc care teett t cepe 85 2260 91 01 64 68 82 90 2245 03 56 e ose sie end 35 2251 02 estas Ra RE 85 2260 91 02 58 64 82 90 2245 95 15 coe enee sert eren 35 2251 03 cens RETETE 85 2260 91 03 58 64 68 82 90 162 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Model Number Index LN 2260 91 04 sees 82 2270 01 a t nr e en 82 2270 90 01 ciere Re 82 2271 01 iste ees 82 227V ipse tr RE 82 2271 24 erresto diated eben re 82 27 NSA ssp qM prtpDu s 82 2271 101 ertet cee 81 2271 7111 ise rrr ren 81 2271 121 ia sr rere Ra Rea 81 2271131 ico bietet br ees 81 2300 90 20 stie opino 28 2300 90 30 esee 28 2304 106 USA s essel 28 2400 90 04 cee eee 64 90 2400 101B enter tee 64 2400 102B siete tms 68 2400 5117 eee eee eee eee eee 76 2400 513 oce beber et 76 2400 801 voiries iris erre 90 2401 01B i enr eene 64 2401 40 USA sss 63 64 2402 01B cece eee e eee eee 70 2402 02B sisitis ice artic rmn 70 2402 03B ci ctore nee dered 70 2402 04B cece eee ee eee ee 70 2402 05B vise averncagiciaceenews 70 2402 06B ccrte 70 2402 07B i 11 exte oit rta 70 2402 08B sees 70 2
91. 260 90 06 Fiber Optic converter USB RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 Cable adapter USB 2 0 RS232 0 8 m 2260 90 53 Mounting Bracket for Nardalert S3 Supports Area Monitoring 11232200 4 61 in gt 3 25 in 82 6 mm 117 1 mm 1 65 in 1 25 in 41 9 mm 31 8 mm 82 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors J RadMan RadMan XT RF Personal Monitors 1 MHz to 40 GHz Shaped Frequency Response Matched to Your Standard Multi Function Tool Personal Monitor Leakage Detector Simple Measurement Instrument Simultaneous E and H Field Measurement Data Logger Records Continuously Radman XT Four LED Level Indicators Isotropic Response when used Off the Body Optical Interface can be used Real Time Patented Design Description All RadMan monitors share the same compact housing dual electric E and magnetic H field detection and wideband shaped frequency response The shaped frequency response means that the monitor has frequency selective sensitivity that matches your standard all major standards are supported The alarm criteria and the output informa tion are incorporated in the Percent of Standard Narda Safety Test Solutions latest RF personal monitor is the Series ESM 30 RadMan XT This
92. 32 kHz All spectral components are evaluated at once To provide a spectrum the signal curve versus time is record ed via the probe and converted into the frequency domain using a mathematical procedure known as Fast Fourier Transform 30 narda Safety Test Solutions an 5B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN The EFA 300 is so powerful that even transient events ranging up to 2 kHz can be analyzed in real time Evaluation is supported by graphics to clearly show the fre quency spectrum and by cursor functions with frequency and level indications The RMS and peak values of the nine most significant frequency components are easy to read You can also use this mode to normalize the display to a given standard The measured value is then displayed relative to its associated standard In visual terms the frequency depen dent standard becomes a straight line This makes it easy to determine the relevancy of each spectral component Harmonic Analysis Mode Included with Spectrum FFT Mode VAGA S OT ANF 4e This mode enables fast convenient evaluation of the harmon ic spectrum A table lists the field strengths of the measured fundamental frequency along with up to 8 harmonics This feature is very useful for a hands off verification of pow er quality Quality of Service
93. 40 24 0 107 104 100 40 10 0 1 0 01 105 100 8 3000 2 4 x 104 2400 108 105 1000 60 100 1 0 0 1 104 80 80 3x10 24x106 24x10 109 106 104 80 1000 10 1 0 0 001 60 800 3x10 24x108 24x10 J 107 10 100 104 100 10 0 01 40 8000 3x106 24x10 24x10 10 108 106 120 105 1000 100 0 1 20 8x10 3x10 24x10 24x10 1012 10 107 140 106 104 1000 1 0 0 8x10 3x108 24x104 24x103 NOTES pT picoTesla nT NanoTesla mG milliGauss dBmG dB above 1 mG uT microTesla Gauss 10 Tesla mT milliTesla T Tesla dBT dB above 1 Tesla A m amperes meter A m Bi 4x x 107 Bmg 4tmG 0 08 x BG To convert A m to V m and power density valid only for free space Zo E H tto o 1 257 x 10 H m 8 85 x 10 F m 377 Ohms W m E x H mW cm W m 10 154 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Unit Conversion Tables and Formulas Power Density vs Field Strength Power Density to Electric Field Strength eE AE E A T S E 800 1000 00 1 940 00 800 500 00 1 372 00 am 200 00 867 60 zs 100 00 613 50 50 00 433 80 20 00 274 00 8 10 00 194 00 40 5 00 137 00 7 2 00 86 70 Vim d 1 00 61 30 19 50 43 40 i 20 2740 F 10 19 40 3 05 13 70 2 02 8 67 01 6 13 2 R BREE p vrimen n o aramot B SSRs 8 B 005 4 34 mW cm Power Density to Magnetic Fiel
94. 402 09B ii rmi oes rns 70 2402 10B irs cnr e net 70 2402 11B i ee tto rrr nes 70 2402 12B sicco rh Rex 70 2402 4B eese 70 2403 0 TB 4i tb oir trt 68 2403 90 01 eese 76 2404 01 o circ se epe ees 41 2404 101 isce eere 41 2901 101 recs hr te 22 2901 1022 sea mro mnis 22 2901 105 esce tese teer tenete 22 2901 106 i eic kbhe ck ree bene 22 3001 90 05 assin sanien rts 58 3001 90 06 cree nn 103 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us 3001 90 07 eeess 58 103 3001 90 15 58 102 103 3006 127 USA 20 ee eee 58 32542700 ecce ette ens 102 32542701 exor rb eR REIR 102 32542702 eee ero ette 102 32542703 ires rb nx nes 102 32542704 cessere rena 102 32542705 sicoor eds eter 102 32542708 cesses esee venena 102 32542709 i eee er perdere EH 102 3501 90 01 iet hetenis 58 103 3501 90 02 58 103 3502 01 i cnc ep tes cnet 58 3531 01 1 tert Rer 58 3531 04 direc dert rera 58 3551 02 viscid e Sureste id 58 3581 02 coccipeekeedor o Eee eed 58 3602 02 5 ioter ambe veis 58 3701 04 iicet 58 3701 05 c tret a dete 58 3701 06 i ops 58 42929000 wisi 2e pure Dee takes E 14 42929001 i anneanne nnna 14 42929002 55 ene a 14 42929003 i ciere egre 14 42929008 asss iosas assisi asas 14 429429
95. 6 with a 3 axis design that covers 27 MHz to 3 GHz that is cali brated at 20 different frequencies and reliably works down to 200 uV m This portable rugged and splash proof system incorporates a highly readable color display GPS receiver and microphone for voice recording Also supplied is our full SRM TS software package a 1 5 meter cable to separate the antenna from the meter and charger manual and other ac cessories inside a very protective carrying case Narda offers additional antennas that you ll find listed at the back of this data sheet We have lower and higher frequency E field antennas and some single axis designs that offer even higher accuracy Narda can also supply single or 3 axis H field antennas Each antenna is individually calibrated and its fac tors are automatically accounted for as soon as the antenna is plugged in We also offer longer cables for special measure ment needs non metallic tripods external or mobile battery chargers with extra battery packs carrying pouches basi cally everything you might need to get the survey done Every SRM 3006 has the ability to perform single or mul tiple measurements that can be averaged and or stored in the meter for download to a computer You can set up the Battery m crs AnE 3AX50M 3G SrvTb USA FCC STD 29 01 10 16 48 07 3 Cable SRM 1 5 m Stnd RPS3 GP Act 54 000 MHz 0 000 14 96 88 000 MHz 0 000 10 96 152 000 MHz 0 000 01 96 174 000 MHz 0 00
96. 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Calibration and Maintenance LN H H H Narda Safety Test Solutions Request for Calibration or Repair persian de Hauppauge NY 11788 RF Safety Products Attention Customer Service Tel 631 231 1700 Instructions Fax 631 231 1711 1 Usethis form to obtain an RMA Number Narda Safety Test Solutions 2 Packa copy of the form with RMA Number with the product Sandwiesenstr 7 D 72793 Pfullingen RMA No Germany Tel 49 7121 9732 777 Fax 49 7121 9732 790 support narda sts de Narda Service Center From Link Microtek Organization Intec 4 1 Wade Road Basingstoke Hants R624 8NE Address Hampshire UK Tel 44 1256 355771 Fax 44 1256 355118 sales linkmicrotek com Name Tech Contact Title Tel Tel Fax Email Reason For Request Calibration Only I Standard L ANSI Z540 Repair and Calibration d Standard 11 ANSI Z540 Special Calibration Frequencies If for Repair Describe Trouble Is Trouble Localized LI Yes LI No If so How and Where Is Trouble Intermittent I Yes I No Was Factory Consulted Earlier LI Yes 1 No If YES Person Contacted Model Number s Calibration Date narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 101 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q9 L 3COM com www narda sts us Calibration and Ma
97. 70 mzzsi0 Wiersto marso ma Esto sN t TO marso 2280 5 STO MRESIO 8598 tSTO See x5TO asa rsm 239 rsr 14m ESTO 100 x5TO ecm x50 esa t STO tame x50 arm ESTO Ava fk marso marso ersxsto mauzsio 1553570 1233510 sso DIL marso manaso nezso 7 3003 STD 4511510 2913 x5TD EIL ILI ID 26131510 24031 57D 230315170 amps Min Id mers mas STD Z4Ax5 70 MssxsID mazs LIII S 2XSTD wie xe ECE ID 330 X50 See x STD 100x510 239 X TD 190 61D 1 060 STD anmas 85200 x 0 0 4000 X STD 8900 x S10 2am 51D n Figure 3 Nardalert S3 NIR Monitor 3 Device Memory Data management of readings stored on Nardalert Figure 3 4 Measurement Displays real time measurements on computer Figure 4 5 Configuration Configures Nardalert S3 for use Set alarm thresholds logging rate backlight time etc 6 Extras sets unit up for regional preferences installs options general settings This software closely mimics the NBM TS software that our customers have used for the last few years Keeping a common interface allows new users to quickly get up to full speed and explore all of the unit s functions EFeld s 10 Figure 2 Ezaa CO Figure 4 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA
98. 711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM 550 Broadband Field Meter Specifications Display Type Display Size Backlight Refresh Rate Transflective LCD monochrome 10 cm 4 inch resolution 240 x 320 dots White LEDs selectable illumination time OFF 5s 10s 30s 60s PERMANENT 200 ms for bar graph and graphics 400 ms for numerical results Result Units Display Range Fixed Triads Display Range Variable Triads Result Types Isotropic RSS Result Types X Y Z mode Averaging Time Spatial Averaging Multi position Spatial Averaging History View Frequency Correction Hot Spot Search Alarm Function Timer Logging mW cm W m V m A m 96 of Standard 0 0001 to 9999 for all units 4 digits 0 01 V m to 100 kV m 0 027 mA m to 265 3 A m 0 265 W m to 26 53 MW m 0 027 nW cm to 2 653 kW cm 0 000196 to 999996 Actual ACT Maximum MAX Minimum MIN Average AVG Maximum Average MAX AVG Actual X Actual Y Actual Z requires a probe with separate axes Selectable 4 seconds to 30 minutes 2 second steps Discrete or continuously Averaging of up to 24 spatially averaged results each position and total will be stored Graphical display of actual results versus time span of 2 minutes to 8 hours 1 kHz to 100 GHz or OFF direct frequency entry interpolation between calibration points Audible indicator for increasing and decreasing field stren
99. 891 and EF 6091 probes use high dynamic range diodes They are useful for measuring the smallest of leaks from communication waveguides For Radar pulsed waveguides the EF 5091 or EF5092 are useful be cause of their thermocouple sensors Earlier versions of these probes 8721 8723 have been used by military and air traf fic control organizations for years These four probes are used for leakage detection in densely packaged systems where it is important to distinguish between closely spaced junctions SEMICONDUCTOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT The NIM Series Industrial Compliance Meters are ideal for checking leaks on semiconductor fabrication equipment The NIM 513 is used by many organizations that operate only at 13 56 MHz The NIM 511 is a similar unit with a much broader frequency range that also accommodates the 300 500 kHz sources used in some of the newest fabrication equipment HEAT SEALERS The vast majority of heat sealers or vinyl welders operate at the 27 12 MHz ISM band which makes the NIM 513 the per fect solution OTHER INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS Industrial heating systems utilizing 915 and 2450 MHz are best covered by the NBM 520 meter and the EF 0391 Electric field probe This economical and robust design provides ex ceptional accuracy and ease of use 18 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda st
100. AIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Personal and Area Monitors Nardalert S3 NIR Monitor Accuracy Our engineers have designed the new Nardalert S3 to exceed the accurate performance of our earlier models Our cus tomers know they can trust our designs to provide the same or better performance when they are worn on the human body as it would perform in a calibration facility All testing is performed with the sensor in the housing in order to rep licate normal day to day use and our new shaped response sensors more closely follow international standards and guidance s Each sensor is individually calibrated and that in formation is stored right in the sensor itself Housing We packaged everything in a rugged plastic housing that allows you to use it mounted in a common shirt pocket or secure it with the supplied lanyard or belt clip mounts We supply a strong silicon rubber skin that provides additional shock protection as a standard accessory The Nardalert S3 operates from a single standard Type RCR123A battery This battery is automatically recharged whenever it is plugged into a computer and we supply a universal charger to accel erate charging from any common AC source or mains plug Common automobile USB adapters can also be used so your monitor is always ready to work 99899 nardalert S3 MODEL 2270 01 MAINFRAME PATENT PENDING THIS SIDE TOWARD BODY x n0 The Nardalert 3 is packaged in a ru
101. AIRS RETURNS Repairs or recalibration of Narda STS instruments are made at the factory Before returning any instrument however please contact Narda STS for a Return Material Authorization RMA When request ing an RMA you will need to provide the model number serial number and as much information as possible about the nature of the difficulty or reason for return Once a repair or return has been approved it will be issued an RMA number which must accompany the unit being returned Estimates of repair charges are submitted to the customer before any work is done unless otherwise directed Returns must be shipped prepaid to NARDA Safety Test Solutions USA 435 Moreland Road Hauppauge NY 11788 Telephone 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E mail NardaSTS L 3COM com Sandwiesenstr 7 72793 Pfullingen Germany Telephone 49 7121 9732 777 FAX 49 7121 9732 790 E mail support narda sts de GERMANY APPLICATION ENGINEERING Convenient local support is provided through Sales Representatives see page 161 They are equipped to provide you with any product assistance you may require Narda STS s staff also includes engineers who have extensive RF en gineering experience and are available to help you with your special requirements and applications PRODUCT AND PRICE CHANGES Although all information in this catalog was current at the time of publication Narda STS s continuing product improvement program makes it necessa
102. B 200 nT to 10 mT 100 Hz 200 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz 2 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 500 Hz to 100 kHz in Stand Alone mode 1 2 of the SPAN Equal to the SPAN gt 20 dB gt 20 dB FFT Simultaneous three axis acquisition 1 measurement every 30 or 60 seconds Up to 24 hours regardeless of the logging rate Unless otherwise indicated specifications are referred to an ambient operating temperature of 23 C and relative humidity of 50 b For each individual axis Ranges to be selected manually Forthe lower measurement range 4 DANL is frequency and SPAN dependent The specified best performance is referred to f gt 50Hz and SPAN lt 1kHz Typical value 9 50Hz see application note BG 0509 ELF measurements uncertainty for details f Referred to 100 V m and 1 uT 50 Hz 9 Measurement results acquired in stand alone mode can be transferred to PC only Calibration Temperature Error 55 Hz referred to 23 C 50 of relative humidity when applicable Humidity Error 55 Hz referred to 50 23 C Internal Battery Operating Time Recharging Time Internal EEPROM 8x103 dB C between 20 and 23 C 13 x10 dB C between 23 and 55 C 4x103 dB C between 20 and 55 C 11 x 103 dB between 10 and 50 7 x 103 dB between 10 and 50 422 x 10 dB 96 between 50 and 9096 10 x 102 dB between 50 and 90 3 7 V 5 4 Ah Li l rechargeable gt 9 hours in standard mode 24 hours in stand alone mode
103. D 32029 1 26 0 3 dB 8623D 36009 1 06 0 4 dB 8741 11021 24 0 2 dB 8722 10005 23 0 2 dB The Model 8725 which is rated at 1000mW cm was checked at 0 596 of rated power One of the Model 8721 probes was checked at half power to verify that there were no linearity problems Application Probe Models 8621D 8623D 8721 8723 8721D 8723D and the new EF 5091 and EF 5092 can be used with confidence to make accurate measurements up to 100 GHz This assumes that the probe has been recently calibrated over its normal rated frequency range These probes have extremely close unit to unit frequency response characteristics which is large ly determined by the dimensions of the thermocouples They are manufactured using a sputtering technique that results in virtually identical detectors There is only a single gain adjustment on the probe ampli fier Therefore if a probe is properly adjusted at the lower frequencies and is within its rated frequency response at all frequencies accuracy at frequencies up to 100 GHz is virtu ally guaranteed A failure of any component that could alter the frequency response characteristics of the probe would certainly be evident during calibration at frequencies below 40 GHz The EB 5092 shaped frequency response series have two sets of sensors Microwave frequencies are measured with thermocouple detectors but these detectors lose 3 4 dB narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germa
104. D OMPIE 4 3 x 7 9x 24 inches 4 1 x 4 1 x 4 1 inches did 110 x 200 x 60 mm 105 x 105 x 105 mm Weight approximate 2 2 Ibs 1000 g 2 2 Ibs 1000 g Table 1 Spectrum FFT Sensitivity Noise Spurious MAGNETIC B FIELD ELECTRIC E FIELD 100 cm Probe Internal Probe 3 cm Probe lt 45 nT lt 48 Hz lt 400 nT lt 48 Hz lt 260 nT lt 48 Hz 2 kHz Range lt 4 nT gt 48 Hz 42 nT gt 48 Hz lt 23 nT gt 48 Hz lt 0 05 nT noise floor lt 2 nT noise floor lt 0 2 nT noise floor lt 2 nT 200 Hz lt 22 nT 200 Hz lt 10 nT lt 200 Hz lt 0 3 nT 200 Hz to 20 kHz lt 11 nT 200 Hz to 20 kHz lt 2 nT 200 Hz to 20 kHz 0 6 nT gt 20 kHz 11 nT gt 20 kHz lt 3 nT gt 20 kHz lt 0 07 nT noise floor lt 1 5 nT noise floor lt 0 3 nT noise floor 0 3 V m lt 48 Hz lt 0 1 V m gt 48 Hz lt 0 02 V m noise floor 0 1 V m x20 kHz 3 V m gt 20 kHz 0 05V m Q noise floor 32 kHz Range 34 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EFA 300 Field Analyzer Ordering Information EFA 300 ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELD ANALYZER Part Number Basic Unit EFA 300 EM Field Analyzer System 5 Hz 32 kHz Calibrated Mode FIELD STRENGTH EXPOSURE STD HARMONIC ANALYSIS Hard case
105. Elec oO hz 3 210 nT 5 2250 nT 4 Q 250 nT 3 gt 1 V m Overload limit for 100 cm Probe Overload limit for 3 cm and internal Probe 100 cm Probe Frequency 8000 mT Hz Frequency 40000 mT Hz yy a The upper limit decreases linearly with increasing frequency above the mentioned frequency ye v2 Signal sinusoidal level gt 10 of selected measurement range additional uncertainties apply with the steep frequency band limits b Uncertainty includes all partial uncertainties absolute linearity frequency response and isotropy as well as temperature and humidity related deviations 32 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EFA 300 Field Analyzer MAGNETIC B FIELD ELECTRIC E FIELD 100 cm Probe Internal Probe 3 cm Probe Frequency Range 0 3 dB Exposure Evaluation Measurement Range Overload Limit Noise Level typical d for ICNIRP Occupational Uncertainty typical percent of reading P 5 Hz to 32 kHz Compared to Standards Stored in Meter 20096 20096 20096 20096 0 496 296 196 596 4 9 6 4 Frequency Range Fundamental Range HARMONICS only Resolution 2 kHz Range by Marker 32 kHz Range Frequency 2 kHz Range Scale selectable 32 kHz Range Det
106. F safety program becomes a controlled environment raising the acceptable exposure levels to the Controlled range The recommended practice also establishes four categories into one of which all facilities will fall Table 2 A Category 1 location contains only RF sources that cannot produce fields that exceed the MPE and do not require an RF safety pro gram As a general rule this includes devices emitting 5 Watts or less of RF power because this RF power level is not high enough to produce levels of EM radiation that exceed MPE limits Categories 2 through 4 are locations that require an RF safety program with increasing levels of controls required depending on their field strength level As Table 2 shows the elements required in a safety program increase in direct proportion to the exposure levels likely to be encountered at the location Items marked as optional muddy the waters somewhat since their use is left to the discretion of the orga nization implementing the program Step 2 Perform an Inventory of EM Emitters The next step is to prepare a detailed list of all the emitters of EM energy at a facility over which the organization has control Broadcasters must also inventory not just their own emitters at sites they occupy but also those at these sites over which they have no control more on this later Narda Safety Test Solutions has developed a simple inventory form that can be modified to meet specific situations A
107. G SURVEILLANCE The EHP 200A is particularly useful in measuring the actual fields generated by long medium and short wave broadcast transmitters to ensure safety around the sites of large anten nas to control the transmitted power in the actual radiation direction to test the functionality of the transmitting anten nas and to identify the borders between near and far field regions WAVE IMPEDANCE As a unique feature the PC program calculates the field wave impedance by dividing the total value of the E field by that of the H field This method is particularly suitable for evaluating the non linear scattered near field region of large broadcast antenna systems FIELDS GENERATED BY METAL DETECTORS AND RFID S Fields generated by a number of devices using RF to detect the presence of metals to identify objects anti theft systems etc can now be accurately and easily measured EHP TS Control Software FOR WINDOWS OPERATING SYSTEMS All measuring functions are user programmable Resolution Bandwidth Filter center frequency and frequency span pre amplifier measuring units etc The Marker function is used to measure the frequency and amplitude It features Highest Next and Previous Peak func tions while the Marker Center function sets the display center TY SE SR ST EG a OMA Gp RELA WS T Conder 15 000 Mite frequency at the current marker frequency value m leer ETG a So M
108. L NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Accessories RF Radiation Safety Signs UV Resistant for Outdoor Use Comply with Major Standards for RF Radiation Safety Signs RF radiation safety signs should be a key component of any RF safety program They are designed to assist the safety pro fessional in restricting access to those areas where moderate to high level RF fields are present Narda offers four RF radiation signs Signs A B and C conform to ANSI guidelines for antenna sites subject to the United States Federal Communications Commission FCC RF safety Regulations Three signs NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING are designed for use in different areas These three terms NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING follow ANSI standards and have a progressively stronger meaning Signs A B and C are all painted aluminum with a UV resistant coating Sign D is a more general purpose sign that uses the most common RF radiation symbol This sign is constructed of non conductive fiberglass and has a UV resistant coating It is available in two sizes All signs have four mounting holes in the corners Sign A NOTICE a Radio frequency fields beyond this point may exceed the FCC general public exposure limit Obey all posted signs and site guidelines for working in radio frequency environments il Communications Commis 47 CFR 1 1307 0 Beyond this point Radio frequency fields at this site exceed the FCC rules for human
109. L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Surveys Near Field Far Field radiating Fresnel inn 29 1 Y V reactive Fraunhofer 1114 9 9 2D A boundary Figure 1 D INSTRUMENTATION Instruments are available to cover from 0 Hz to over 100 GHz ELF and VLF frequency bands are measured by other types of instruments which are not covered in this document Highlights of instrumentation traits are as follows 1 General A survey instrument usually contains three distinct parts Meter Probe and Cable or leads The meter displays the detected levels on an analog or digital display Meters may include features such as storage of detected levels au dible alarms and built in test sources With few exceptions meters do not form part of the measurement circuit that is they do not determine what frequencies or levels are detect ed Probes however are part of the system that determines what may be measured Probes are available in designs that detect from one direction anisotropic or from all directions isotropic Frequencies detected may be very few narrow bandwidth or very many ultra broadband e g 300 kHz to 50 GHz Dynamic ranges average 30 dB or more and usually only one field component electric or magnetic is measured at a time Cables transmit information from the probe to the meter assemblies Theses cables are either shielded copper wires or at lower frequency ranges fiber optic
110. M com www narda sts us AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program often not readily apparent Medical equipment such as dia thermy machines or electro surgical devices also radiates EM energy as do other types of medical diagnostic and surgical equipment If in doubt about whether a particular device or piece of industrial equipment generates RF energy and how much a call to the manufacturer should quickly provide the answer STEP 3 Make Measurements Obviously an RF safety program cannot be implemented until the areas are identified where potentially hazardous condi tions exist and their levels are measured That s the job of RF safety measurement equipment Calculations can be effec tive for establishing a basic idea of EM energy levels that are present but they are limited because in many environments like a rooftop some of the emitters may be controlled by other organizations and calculations cannot be made with out information about each one For the purposes of selecting the best type of measurement equipment the facility potentially requiring an RF safety pro gram can be placed into two categories Broadcast Cellular paging public safety broadcast infra structure radar satellite communications uplinks or other transmitting sites Industrial Primarily manufacturing facilities in which equip ment is employed that uses EM energy for some purpose While the two types
111. NALYSIS GRAPH The EHP TS control software allows the user to control Narda analyzers such as the EHP 50C D and EHP 200 A from a PC The limit value can be shown at the Marker frequency The Data tab shows numerical results and includes Marker con trols and Save buttons The optical cable coming from the analyzer max length 40 m is easily connected to the PC using the optical to USB converter USB OC provided If a longer distance is required the optional 8053 OC optical to RS232 converter can be used for optical fiber lengths of up to 80m A user friendly graphical interface includes the commands for setting all the parameters To make them easier to un derstand the controls are grouped on five selectable tabs The spectrum measurement is continuously displayed and updated Both electric and magnetic field spectrum measure ments can be displayed on the same graph The Sweep Mode Limit and Appearance tabs are used to set all the measurement and display parameters while the Data tab with the Marker controls shows numerical results like the field strength and frequency at the marker and highest peak positions A wideband measurement is also displayed which includes all the field contributions within the spectrum shown Several different units including percentage of limit value can be selected for displaying the measurement re sults which can be saved along with user comments either as bitmap or as text files so that they can easi
112. NT TN Fall es le cam T cil The Marker also features the Delta Peak function for relative cos From COLON ay E A aie E I measurements The Wide Band field value is calculated with Beem acm mar reference to the measured frequency span Se tee Brr CR omen To immediately evaluate the measured levels Limit Lines CERE I LN 3 can be created and displayed on the graphical window The measured data can be saved as either text or bitmap and the Blue Line total Field Green Line X axis limits can also be saved and recalled Cyan Line Y axis Magenta Line Z axis narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 43 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EHP 200A Field Analyzer Specifications EHP 200A EANDH FIELD ANALYZER Frequency Range 9 kHz to 30 MHz 9 kHz to 30 MHz 300 kHz to 30 MHz 9 kHz to 30 MHz Measurement Range 10 KHz RBW 0 1 to 1000 V m 0 03 to 300 A m 3 0 mA m to 30 A m 80 to 0 dBm Preamp ON 0 02 to 200 V m 6 0 mA m to 60 A m 0 6 mA m to 6 A m 94 to 14 dBm Dynamic Range gt 80 dB Sensitivity 10 kHz RBW 0 1 V m 30 mA m 3mA m 80 dBm Preamp ON 0 02 V m 1mA m 0 1 mA m 0 01 dB Resolution 0 01 V m 1mA m 0 1 mA m 0 01 dB Flatness fromo1to2 Mrz fomolstosoMHa o3to7MMa 049B20 dBm Anisotropy 0 8 dB at 1 MHz Linearity 0 5 dB 1 MHz from Full Sc
113. OSHA appears more than willing to enforce uncontrolled levels that are five times more restrictive than the controlled levels The develop ment of a meaningful RF safety plan appears to be the first step for heat sealer operators 150 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN RF Radiation Safety and Heat Sealers Heat Sealer Survey Record 2 SEALER DESCRIPTION A MFR MODEL No B SERIAL No YR C REGISTRATION No 1 SEALER LOCATION A AREA B BLDG No NAME C ROOM SECTION 3 USER INFORMATION A USER ORGANIZATION B USER REPRESENTATIVE 4 SURVEY INFORMATION LJ INITIAL FOLLOW UP LJ REINSPECTION J SPECIAL SURVEY BY 5 PRE SURVEY CALCULATIONS This section is for calculating the duty factor of the sealer You will need to obtain the RF seal time and the number of cycles per minute the sealer is operating at Example C PHONE D MAIL CODE STOP SURVEY DATE Cycles per minute 51 cycles per 6 min RF seal time of 1 5 sec per cycle 51 cycles x 1 5 sec 76 5 sec per 6 min 360 sec Duty factor 76 5 360 0 21 1 Cycles per minute C m 2 Cycles per 6 minutes C m x 6 Tc 3 Seal time per cycle St 4 Seal time per 6 minutes Tc x St Ts 5 Duty factor Ts 360 Df 6
114. Osepchuk John M Ph D 1992 Book Review of Nonionizing Radiation Questions and Answers by M G Yost Questions and Answers About Biological Effects and Potential Hazards of Radiofrequency Radiation Federal Communications Commission FCC OET Bulletin No 56 3rd Edition 1989 Radio Frequency and Microwave Radiation prepared by R T Hitchcock American Industrial Hygiene Association 1988 Yost Michael G Nonionizing Radiation Questions and Answers San Francisco San Francisco Press 1988 119 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Surveys Table of Contents I SURVEYING INTENTIONAL EMITTERS A EMITTER CHARACTERISTICS B SITE CHARACTERISTICS C PRE SURVEY CALCULATIONS D INSTRUMENTATION E MEASUREMENT METHODS and SURVEY HINTS F POST SURVEY REPORTING Il SURVEYING UNINTENTIONAL EMITTERS A MICROWAVE OVENS B INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT C TRANSMISSION LINE LEAKAGE Disclaimer THE FORMS GUIDES AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS APPLICATION NOTE ARE INTENDED ASA GENERAL GUIDE BECAUSE STATE OR COUNTRY REGULATIONS REGIONAL INTERPRETATIONS AND THE APPLICATION OF LEGAL REQUIREMENTS TO EACH INDIVIDUAL FACILITY VARY THE INFORMATION IN THIS NOTE IS NOT INTENDED TO BE RELIED UPON EXCEPT AS ACCOMPANIED BY SPECIFIC LEGAL ADVICE ANY FORMS IN THIS APPLICATION NOTE ARE INCOMPLETE AND ARE INTENDED ONLY AS A TEACHING TOOL PRIOR TO USE THE
115. PC software E E FIELD mW cm Spatial Averaging discrete samples or continuously a Type of Result Maximum Hold display function Field Unit Calibration Due Date check by PC software LCD Backlight adjustable illumination time by PC software NBM 520 LCD Display Description Auto Power Off adjustable time by PC software e Selectable unit V m A m mW cm or W m 96 for shaped probes Hold key to freeze the current display Optical link to connect to a PC Remote control via optical link Interoperability with NBM 550 NBM 550 controls NBM 520 PC software included for instrument setup and remote testing nen 5 2 Eg e A a B B g PC Software The NBM TS transfer software is used for changing instrument settings controlling firmware updates performing remote controlled measurements 66 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Specifications Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM 520 Broadband Field Meter Display type Display Size Backlight Refresh Rate Transflective LCD monochrome 3 8 cm 1 5 128 x 64 dots White LEDs selectable illumination time OFF 5s 10s 30s 60s PERMANENT 400 ms Result Units Display Range Result Types isotropic RSS Averaging Time Spatial Averagi
116. Permitted Exposure MPE levels Thetwotiers of exposure limits arefor persons in controlled environments and Action level when a safety program is unavailable The action levels are about 20 percent of the controlled levels at common heat sealer frequencies Induced and contact current are now included In general RF heat sealers with E field radiation levels that hover around the MPE will exceed the induced current MPE value RF heat seal er operators have always been able to apply the sealer s duty cycle typically 10 to 50 percent to reduce electric field level Induced current has a 1 second maximum not a 6 minute av erage like previous standards This significantly increases the difficulty of compliance especially for heat sealers Magnetic field limits have now been relaxed below 100 MHz OSHA OSHA has already cited and fined organizations for exceed ing the new standard even though OSHA s official stance remains unchanged since 1978 OSHA has the right to enforce based on a consensus of scientifically based standards under its general duty clause OSHA s interpretation of the implica tions of controlled and controlled environments are defined in that agency s reply comment to the FCC Factoring in the loss of duty cycle averaging one NIOSH of ficial has stated that even at the controlled levels the new standard is about 10 times more restrictive for heat sealers than its predecessor Without an RF safety Plan
117. RF fields associated with wireless antenna sites Ric earned a B S degree in physics and mathematics in 1966 from Midwestern State University in Wichita Falls Texas and a M S degree in radiation sciences in 1967 from Rutgers University in New Brunswick New Jersey Heisanelectedmember of the National Councilon Radiation Protection and Measurements and serves as Chairman of Subcommittee 2 of the IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 28 on RF He is also Chair of the Risk Evaluation Working Group of Subcommittee 4 which is presently revising the IEEE standard for RF exposure He is the author of approximately 65 reports publications and book chapters related to evaluating electromagnetic fields from a hazards perspective narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 13 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN RF Safety Training EME Awareness for Antenna Site Safety This training focuses on RF safety in typical wireless industry environments on rooftops and towers ee Application Motorola developed this 20 minute videotape as part of its Electromagnetic Energy EME safety program for its Network Services group This group manages more than 1000 wireless services sites worldwide Many of these sites are on rooftops or towers On rooftops in particular a great number of people require site access the engineers and technician
118. Recommended Calibration Interval Battery Operation Time Charging Time Battery Level Display Humidity Temperature Range Operating Non Operating Transport Size h x wx d Weight Supplied Accessories 24 months NiMH rechargeable batteries 4 x AA size 2500 mAh 20 hours backlight off no GPS 12 hours permanent backlight no GPS 10 hours GPS receiver connected no backlight 2 hours 100 80 60 40 20 10 low level lt 5 5 to 95 non condensing 29 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 10 C to 50 C 30 C to 70 C 11 4 x 3 9 x 1 8 inches 290 x 98 x 45 mm without probe and GPS receiver 20 oz 550 g without probe and GPS receiver Transit case for meter and up to 4 probes NBM TS PC Transfer Software USB interface cable rechargeable batteries power supply shoulder strap bench top tripod manual certificate of calibration Option Set Ordering Number 2401 40 USA Logging Conditions Logging Range Selectable On upper threshold Storing when measurements exceed the adjustable threshold Out of gap Storing when measurements are higher than the upper or lower than the lower threshold Selectable Store all as long as the condition is true sampling rate 5 Hz Store first and last event when the condition was true Microphone Recording Level Recording Length Recording Format Output Integral microphone at the top side of the instrument near the Nar
119. S L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN NEW Nardalert S3 Mainframe shown with interchangeable sensor Abstract Personal radiation monitors of the prior art are effective only within a kilohertz megahertz or a gigahertz range a pre determined high frequency range or a predetermined low frequency range Attempts to fabricate radiation monitors with a capability of detecting electromagnetic radiation in two or more of these ranges have met with great difficulty in the past This problem is primarily due to interference be tween various high and low frequency components of the monitor that detect different bands of frequency within the desired bandwidth This problem has been solved by design ing a monitor that includes a low frequency surface charge sensor a planar array of thin film thermocouples comprising the high frequency sensor and a lossy material sandwiched between the two sensors The surface charge sensor responds to electromagnetic radiation from 100 kHz to 1 GHz The high frequency sensor responds to frequencies from 300 MHz to 100 GHz The low frequency sensor in addition to the sur face charge sensor has a vertical dipole This dipole functions over the range of 10 MHz to 1 GHz for operation in vertically polarized fields Horizontally polarized fields are monitored by the surface charge sensor when the wearer turns and the field is perpendicular to the sensor disc surface The moni tor functions as a
120. SE FORMS MUST BE MODIFIED OR EXPANDED FOR A PARTICULAR FACILITY Why Do You Need to Perform Surveys Surveys are performed for various reasons such as new or modified installations changes in the previously surveyed en vironment changes in the levels of emitted power or limits and at the request of personnel or management A survey is required to have a real understanding of the RF environment Calculations are necessary to ensure you choose the correct equipment to perform the task minimize the potential hazard to the surveyor and protect the equip ment that you choose to employ Calculations can provide an estimate of the field strengths involved but this is only a starting point Two basic types of surveys are performed The first one is near a known or intentional emitter such as an antenna The sec ond type of survey is near an unintentional emitter to detect a suspected leak e g from waveguide that transfers the RF from an amplifier to an antenna Both types of surveys are covered in this document 120 I Surveying Intentional Emitters A EMITTER CHARACTERISTICS Before beginning a survey it is important to obtain informa tion about the system you are going to test This includes the following information Frequency Power Level Modulation Characteristics Number of Sources Spurious Frequencies or Harmonics Intermittence of Output Antenna Information e g size beamwidth gain orientation 8 Pr
121. STS with respect to any and all Narda STS products Narda STS neither makes nor authorizes any per son to make any other guarantee or warranty concerning Narda STS products Sales Representatives For North American Sales Representatives visit the Narda website at http www narda sts us Click on CONTACTS and select your state or province http www narda sts us contacts reps php If you need additional information or assistance please contact the factory direct at 631 231 1700 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 161 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Alphabetical and Model Number Index Alphabetical Index 3 Axis Hall Magnetometer THM1176 19 Microwave Oven Survey Meter ssusesssssse 95 Area Monitor ss pe inu e bx a e e RT ERE UR aa 91 Microwave Oven Survey SysteM sce eee eee 96 Area Monitor System 0 cece cece cece cece tence eee 87 Nardalert S3 NIR Monitor 0 eee ee eee eee eee 77 Batt ri sec2 c sndades vetere ov dad pe E dated ewes es 102 Personal Monitors 0 0 cece eee cece eee eies 77 83 Broadband Field Meter cc eee ee eee eeee 59 65 Probe Selection Guide cece cence ener ee eees 72 Calibration iier RR RR dacs sence ie ERE 98 Product Selection ecc eie eer eher ne 107 Customer Service 44 ios eese ee e rete
122. Synchronization Cell Sync Sync No Sync Cyclic Prefix Length CP Length Normal Extended In case of Analog results values are displayed only if they are above the typical noise floor when activated The threshold is selectable 0 3 6 10 15 or 20 dB relative to the typical DANL Measurement values below the threshold are shown as the absolute threshold value marked with less than threshold Go to mode changes the operating mode with automatic parameter transfer for Fcent and CBW Select Service allows easy frequency settings by means of predefined service tables narda Safety Test Solutions an 3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Antenna Specifications Three Axis Three Axis Three Axis Single Axis Single Axis Single Axis ANTENNA E Field E Field H Field E Field E Field H Field supplied 3502 01 3581 02 3531 01 3531 04 3551 02 Frequency Rande 27 MHz to 420 MHz to 9 kHz to 27 MHz to 9 kHz to 9 kHz to raed ang 3 GHz 6 GHz 250 MHz 3 GHz 300 MHz 300 MHz Antenna Type E Field E Field H Field E Field E Field H Field Triaxial active A Sensor Type Triaxial design Triaxial design magnetic loop RM wes PR Single axis active with scanned axes with scanned axes design with band dipole dipole magnetic loop scanned
123. T 500 mT x3T 20T 8 mT 300 uT 500 uT 3mT 15 mT 2uT 30 uT 50 uT 300 uT 1 5 mT 02 uT 1 of reading at least the specified resolution 20T range 20 uT specified up to 3T Magnetic flux density in T mT uT G kG MHz p Magnetic flux density in NMR frequency of proton T mT uT G mG To be performed before each series of measurements in Zero Gauss Chamber supplied DC to 1 kHz Numerical and graphical display of data including total field Range and untis selection Hold and Maximum Record to file and recall file ASCII tab delimited By By B ASCII or binary single point or array calibrated or not Temperature uncalibrated Time stamp 10 ms resolution Approx 12 kHz free running until internal buffer is full 0 36 Hz to 2 048 kHz timer resolution of at least 0 2496 continuous read out in blocks of 2048 samples Up to approx 400 Hz until internal buffer is full Notes 1 sample B B B Internal buffer size 2048 samples PDllCHNEEEEEC E Interface Class USB Driver Protocol Connector Power Wake up Time from Power Saver 20 USB 2 0 full speed 12 Mbps USBTMC USB Test amp Measurement Class USB488 DFU Device Firmware Upgrade IEEE 488 2 SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments USB Type A USB bus powered 4 3V to 5 25V 35 mA min idle power saver on 90 mA max 100 ms narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany
124. TS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Nardalert S3 NIR Monitor Ordering Information Nardalert S3 Part Number NARDALERT S3 NIR MONITOR INCLUDES Nardalert S3 Mainframe including battery 2270 01 Carrying case holds monitor charger and accessories 2400 90 06 Power supply 5 VDC 100 V 240 VAC 70890000 Belt Clip non conductive 11229310 Lanyard Clip non conductive 11229312 Cable USB interface for NS3 1 m 70889004 Software NS3 TS PC transfer 2270 93 01 Operating manual NS3 43067900 Certificate of calibration AND YOUR CHOICE of SENSOR MODULE with FCC Sensor Module 2271 101 with IEEE Sensor Module 2271 111 with SC6 Sensor Module 2271 121 with ICNIRP Sensor Module 2271 131 _ Nardalert 3 Optioned Model enables Data Logging Histogram and Alarm Varying NS3 Option Key 2270 90 01 Individual Sensor Modules without Nardalert S3 Mainframe 0 Sensor Module FCC 1997 Occupational Controlled 2271 01 Sensor Module IEEE C95 1 2005 Controlled 2271 11 Sensor Module Safety Code 6 Controlled 2271 21 Sensor Module ICNIRP 1998 Occupational 2271 31 Optional Accessories 0 Cable optical fiber duplex 1000 um RP 02 2 m 2260 91 02 Cable optical fiber duplex 1000 um RP 02 20 m 2260 91 03 Cable optical fiber duplex 1000 um RP 02 50 m 2260 91 04 Cable optical fiber duplex F SMA to RP 02 0 3 m 2260 91 01 Fiber Optic converter RS232 RP 02 DB9 2
125. USE Magnetic fields generated by household appliances or other electrical devices are receiving increased attention Some new standards such as EN 50366 IEC 62233 describe how to evaluate such products The ELT 400 is the ideal measuring device for compliance with these standards Benefits include the perfectly matched frequency range and implementation of the specified transfer function narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 23 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement ELT 400 Exposure Level Tester This new generation ELT 400 greatly simplifies the as sessment process With the EXPOSURE STD Shaped Time Domain mode the instrument achieves a new standard in the simple but reliable measurement of magnetic fields whether straightforward or in complex field environments Time consuming and easily misinterpreted measurements with a spectrum analyzer or a scope are rendered obsolete Detailed knowledge about the evaluation procedure field waveform or frequency is no longer needed The results are reliable and speed and ease of use are significantly improved over all traditional methods Basic Operation The ELT 400 covers the wide frequency range of 1 Hz to 400 kHz which is far beyond the reference limits of common guide lines This instrument has an external isotropic magnetic field probe wit
126. Y oo DIODE C2 680e 12 C7 1 5 pF 5e4 R7 sn 24 C3 d Q 51e 12 R6 Ci 2e3 le o9 3 INDUCED VOLTAGE 1 SHAPING CIRCUITRY HIGH FREQUENCY SENSOR C1 E Cett c2 R2 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 1GHz 300 kHz 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz FREQUENCY 10 GHz 100 GHz 3 GHz 30 GHz narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 145 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Electromagnetic Radiation Monitor NS3 RF MICROWAVE SENSOR LOW FREQUENCY SURFACE CHARGE SENSOR THREE CHANNEL OUTPUT WITH sume EEPROM for CALIBRATION DATA INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY DIPOLE SENSOR HIGH FREQUENCY THERMOCOUPLE SENSOR ON OFF and ARROW KEYS BIBLIOGRAPHY 1 Aslan E Radiation Hazard Detector U S Patent No 4 611 166 Sep 9 1986 NS3 L 2 LCD DISPLAY n ALARM LED s MICRO CONTROLLER with RAM EEPROM MUX AUDIO and or VIBRATE ALARM A D CONVERTOR PWM RTC and RESET BATTERY B2 LITHIUM 1 5V BATTERY B1 LIION 3 6V USB and LN FBRo KO INTERFACES CONNECTION TO COMPUTER or NBM 580 8 Aslan E A Personal Monitor Using A Surface Area Sensor IEEE Transactions on Broadcasting Vol 43 1 March 1997 9 Aslan E
127. al Field Meters Ordering Information Model Description Part Number NIM 511 Industrial Field Meter 0 3 to 100 MHz 2400 511 NIM 513 Industrial Field Meter 10 to 42 MHz 2400 513 NIM 511 and NIM 513 include NIM 510 Basic unit NIM 511 or NIM 513 E H Field Probe Hard Case Power Supply 9VDC 100V 240VAC Shoulder Strap 1 m Operating Manual Certificate of Calibration Test Generator 27 MHz hand held 2244 90 38 Protective Pouch for the basic unit 2403 90 01 76 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors LN Patent Pending narda Safety Test Solutions B eo ators Company Hardware Memory Battery Alarm Low Frequency G1 1111 oe High Frequency Hi 1111 Total 120 Nardalert S3 Non lonizing Radiation Monitor Field Replaceable Sensor Modules Color LCD Display Multi Color Alarm LED s USB Interface for Data and Charging Interchangeable Lanyard or Belt Clips Comprehensive Software Included Standard and Optioned Models Fiber Optic Port for Remote Monitoring 99 9 9 9 94 9 9 Fail Safe Design Description The professionals at Narda Safety Test Solutions have designed the next generation of Non lonizing Radiation NIR Personal and Area monitor the Nardalert S3 The award winning design
128. al analysis instruments The exposure level is derived through extensive calculation Results can be easily misinterpreted or can have problems For example with ICNIRP standard FFT spectrum analysis tends to overestimate results The ELT 400 eliminates misin terpretation It continuously monitors the field and the results are permanently updated Any change in the field e 9 due to a power reduction can be immediately evaluated Proper evaluation in a personal safety context is achieved quickly and reliably using the STD technique Field Strength Mode BROADBAND FIELD STRENGTH MEASUREMENTS If the field under test has essentially a single frequency com ponent the broadband mode is also a good choice 24 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN The ELT 400 provides an ultra wideband flat frequency re sponse The measurement range can handle extremely high field strength levels Both RMS and peak detectors are avail able for broadband measurement The field strength result is displayed in Tesla Active Field Probe THREE AXIS ANALOGUE SIGNAL OUTPUT In scientific studies or advanced signal shape frequency analysis a scope or an FFT analyzer may be connected to the analog output The output signal ensures proper phase within the three axes a
129. al s level of exposure RADMAN This series is identical to the full featured RadMan XT except they do not include the data logging capability Detecting Peak Radar Signals Most RadMan XT and RadMan monitors use a one second averaging time for their alarm criteria Fast Radman models see Model Selection Guide have a 30 millisecond averaging period for the electric field sensor These monitors detect the peaks of sharp narrow radar pulses The ICNIRP standard for example requires peak detection when the ratio of peak to average power is greater than 30 dB RadMan PC Interface Set Allows you to monitor both E and H fields in real time via fiber optic cable when monitor is used off the body You can download and analyze logged data from RadMan XT monitors Interface Set ESM TS includes Windows compatible User s Software Interface Module that con nects directly to the COM port of your PC Fiber optic cable to connect module to RadMan ONE TRANSFER KIT PER LOCATION IS RECOMMENDED P N 2251 90 50 84 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Model Selection Guide Select the model based on standard guidance and the product series RadMan XT or RadMan The frequency rating is for the E field sensor The H field sensor is rated
130. ale to 60 dB Full Scale Typical Accuracy at 1 MHz 0 8 dB 20 V m 0 8 dB 53 mA m 0 8 dB 53 mA m 0 3 dB 10 dBm Maximum Frequency Span 6 kHz to 30 MHz Resolution Bandwidths Available 1 kHz 3 kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 100 kHz 300 kHz Rejection to E field gt 20 dB Rejection to H field gt 20 dB Calibration Errors Stored in interna Temperature Error EEPROM 0 02 dB C Preamplifier Reading Units Optical Link Internal Battery Battery Operation Time External Supply Firmware Update Selectable ON OFF 14 dB gain V m A m mT mW cm W m Maximum length of 80 m 3 7 V 5 5 Ah Li ion rechargeable up to 12 hours recharging time approximately 8 hours 10 15 VDC 500 mA Via Optical Fiber 10 C to 50 C 209C to 70 C 3 6 x 3 6 x 4 3 inches 92 x 92 x 109 mm 1 27 Ib 580 g Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Dimensions and Weight Ordering Information EHP 200A Includes 10 meter Fiber Optic Cable FO 8053 10 Fiber Optic Converter FO to USB Soft Carrying Bag 8053 SC Battery Charger 8053 BC 50 cm Plastic Pole and Tripod PC Software Operating Manual Calibration Certificate Ordering Number EHP 200A FO 20 USB Cable fiber optic 20m 650 000 178 FO 40 USB Cable fiber optic 40m 650 000 182 FO 8053 80 Cable fiber optic 80m 650 000 128 8053 OC Optical to RS232 Converter 650 000 062 8053 OC PS Power Supply 650 000 179 TR 02A Wooden Tripod 1 2m with sof
131. amperes meter antenna A means of radiating or receiving Radio Frequency Radiation RFR antenna gain The ratio of the power gain of an antenna referred to a standard antenna which is usually an isotropic emitter of RF energy Gain is a measure of the directionality of an antenna It may be expressed in decibels or as a pure number average power The transmitter power available averaged over a modulation cycle the power actually available to do work In a pulsed system average power is the peak power multiplied by the duty factor In CW systems average power is the rated power output corrected for any transmission line losses average temporal power Pavg The time averaged rate of energy transfer averaging time Tavg The appropriate time period over which exposure is averaged for purposes of determining com pliance with a Maximum Permissable Exposure MPE For exposure durations less than the averaging time the MPE in any time interval equal to the averaging time is found from where Texp is the exposure duration in that interval expressed in the same units as Tayg seconds or minutes MPE MPE E Texp basic restrictions Exposure restrictions that are based on established adverse health effects that incorporate appro priate safety factors and are expressed in terms of the in situ electric field 3 kHz to 5 MHz specific absorption rate 100 kHz to 3 GHz or the incident power density 3 GHz to 300 GHz
132. and or LCD screen Additional items made available include Alarm Mode Alarm Set Backlight Data Log Fiber Optic Interface and History P N 2270 90 01 62 000 events 4 per second 1 per second 1 per 5 seconds 1 per 10 seconds 1 per 20 seconds 1 per 60 seconds Variable from 4 3 hours 4 per second to 43 Days 1 per 60 seconds Via USB or Optical RS 232 Interface Serial Full Duplex 57600 baud virtual com port multi function plug connector Serial Full Duplex 57600 baud no parity 1 start bit 1 stop bit 4 Years for Mainframe P N 2270 01 and 2 Years for Sensors 2271 X1 Operational 10 C to 50 C Non Operational 30 C to 70 C 5 to 95 relative humidity no condensation lt 29 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 117 1 x 82 6 x 31 8 mm 4 61 x 3 25 x 1 25 in 0 5 Ibs 0 23 kg with sensor AC Charger with Plugs Charger Data cable USB Carrying Case Belt Clip Lanyard Clip Manual NS3 TS Software Calibration Certificate NOTES Accuracy specified as the mean of the radial and vertical orientations 10 to 1600 MHz and mean of the vertical and horizontal orientations 1600 MHz to 50 GHz Percentages related to the highest Controlled Occupational exposures allowed by Standard or Guidance Memory function only available to Optioned units narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 81 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaS
133. andards are available All NBM probes have a non volatile memory containing device parameters and calibration data Probes are calibrated independently of the meter Any NBM probe can be used with any NBM 500 Series meter and still maintain total calibration Applications Precision measurement of electric and magnetic field strength for personal safety at work where high radiation levels are present such as General RF Safety program measurements Service work on transmitting and radar equipment Service work on mobile antennas broadcasting and satellite communication systems Working with heating and hardening machines in the industry Operating diathermy equipment and other medical instruments producing short wave radiation Drying equipment in the tanning and timber industries narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 65 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM 520 Broadband Field Meter Features Probe Easiest 4 button operation Model Battery o Level Automatic probe type recognition x TA iu Intelligent probes automatic probe data transfer EF0391 d 00 00 s SPATIAL Audible alarm function threshold adjustable by PC software Status B Auto Zeroing time interval adjustable by PC software ER a 830 Mode Result Time Averaging time adjustable by
134. asurement Specifications cont ELT 400 with 3 cm Probe ELT 400 Exposure Level Tester Frequency Range 3 dB selectable Antenna Type Sensor Type Damage Level RMS Damage Level Peak 1 Hz to 400 kHz 10 Hz to 400 kHz 30 Hz to 400 kHz Magnetic B Field Isotropic Coil 3 cm 1500 mT The damage level reduces linearly with increasing frequency above 30 Hz 1 f 2121 mT The damage level reduces linearly with increasing frequency above 240 Hz 1 f The damage level peak applies for pulse duration lt 15 6 ms and duty cycle lt 1 64 Measurement Uncertainty d Mounting Thread 6 50 Hz to 120 kHz 1 4 20UNC 2B standard thread Exposure Evaluation Comparison with Standard see Ordering Information MODEP ICNIRP BGV B11 EN 50366 RANGE LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH Overload Limit 1500 15 000 1500 15 000 1500 15 000 Noise Level typical 10 50 4 20 4 20 Resolution Range Low 0 001 Detection selectable Display Mode selectable Automatic according to Selected Standard or RMS averaging time 1 s or Peak Value Instantaneous or Max Hold Frequency Response Flat MODE P 320 uT 8mT 80 mT RANGE LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH Overload Limit 300 uT 3mT 7 5 mT 75 mT 75 mT 750 mT Noise Level typical 600 nT 3 2 uT 10 uT 80 uT 100 uT 800 uT Resolution RANGE LOW 1nT Detection selectable Display Mode selectable RMS averaging time 1 s or Peak Value Instantaneous or Max Hold Analog Sc
135. asurement 27 300 MHz 2 1 dB Extended Measurement Uncertainty P in conjunction with SRM basic unit and 1 5m RF cable 2007433 ite 24 dB 433 1600 MHz 2 2 dB 1600 3000 MHz 1 9 dB Calibration Uncertainty 1 5 dB SINGLE AXIS E FIELD ANTENNA 3531 04 20 uV m in the range from 100 MHz to 300 MHz Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW Measurement Range Limit for single CW signal 50 V m Extended Measurement Uncertainty gt Frequency Range Single Axis Measurement in conjunction with SRM basic unit and 1 5 m RF cable 0 1 300 MHz 2 0 dB Calibration Uncertainty lt 1 2 dB SINGLE AXIS H FIELD ANTENNA 3551 02 0 12 A m for each frequency gt 10 MHz Intrinsic Noise Display in conjunction with the SRM basic unit with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth RBW Measurement Range Limit for single CW signal 100 mA m Extended Measurement Uncertainty P Frequency Range Single Axis Measurement in conjunction with SRM basic unit and 1 5 m RF cable 0 1 300 MHz 2 0 dB Calibration Uncertainty 1 2 dB NOTES Typical Values b Typical value k 2 k extrapolation or correction factor for determining the assessment value 15 C to 30 C Intrinsic noise increases by 0 5 dB per 100 MHz above 2 GHz 4 narda Safety Test Solutions an 5B communications company USA Germany Italy 5 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL
136. at simply separates emitters the way you would like them displayed We include multiple sample tables in the meter we deliver to you that you can use as is or modify for your own geographical area or interest It s easy to make your own tables that quickly and cleanly show the total level of individual emitters or bands You can display the results in common field strength or equivalent power density or the easily understood 96 of standard units shown below You can easily modify these tables and identify each frequency band or emitter by the name that you choose You can add or remove entities as you see fit thereby customizing the display for your area or need We even offer two different displays a common tabular listing as well as a bar graph list ing making evaluation of data quick and accurate This is a very powerful way to display multiple emitter data in a way that even non technical persons understand and tech nical persons can appreciate 40 4748 1 N Ant 73 27 46 8 W Cable 3AX 50M 3G SrvTbl SRM 1 5 m Stnd USAFCC STD FCC GP Battery MENFE 5 GPS 01 29 10 11 57 13 AM 100 000 Y Act 1000 Max mi 10 a 0 1 p A 2 000110 u 0 000 01 0 000 000 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 T Isotropic Index Sweep Time 5 203 s Progress mm MR 2 5 RBW 200 kHz Auto Noise Suppr Off No of Runs T AVG 6minf___ Safety Table Entries can also be displayed as bars on a graph quickly identifying what servi
137. ation See ANSI 2540 CALIBRATION above Accredited Calibration This service is available for all NBM series meters and probes and Nardalert S3 units It may be expanded to older 8700 series in the future check with the factory Minor Repair This category of repairs covers the majority of typical repairs for most models of equipment Meters alone have separate pricing for common repair items such as replacing meter movements and rechargeable batter ies Virtually all other items to be repaired are classified as minor or major repairs There is a fixed price for the minor and major repair of each model Minor Repairs typically cost 25 4096 more than a standard calibration Major Repair Although a probe may look like it is beyond repair it may still be salvageable and would fall under the Major Repair category Otherwise it will be classified Beyond Economic Repair BER Major Repairs typically cost 40 5096 of the price of a new unit 100 Beyond Economical Repair BER Narda classifies a piece of equipment as BER if either 1 the cost of repair and cali bration will be more than 5096 of the cost of a new unit or 2 it is a very old unit and parts may be unavailable or im practical to obtain Return As Is RAI Narda occasionally will return a piece of equipment without calibrating or repairing it at the discretion of the customer or if it is classified as BER An evaluation fee is charged for equipment Returned As Is Evalua
138. ations company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us International Standards and Guidances AN IEEE C95 1 2005 Electric and Magnetic Fields LIMITS IN TERMS OF FIELD STRENGTH mmm PF for Limbs Action and Controlled Head and Torso Controlled Environment Head and Torso Action Level 10000 Hd Hd i m People in Controlled Environments Action Level 1000 100 10 V m 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz LIMITS IN TERMS OF EQUIVALENT POWER DENSITY 100 000 0 Controlled Environments Uncontrolled Environments 10 000 0 1000 0 W m 100 0 10 0 1 0 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 157 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN International Standards and Guidances Canada Safety Code 6 2009 LIMITS IN TERMS OF FIELD STRENGTH 1000 10 Controlled Environments Uncontrolled Environments 100 10 V m A m 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz LIMITS IN TERMS OF EQUIVALENT POWER DENSITY 1000 0 Controlled Environments Uncontrolled Environments 100 0 10 0 mW cm 1 0 01 1 3
139. atteries for up to 1500 hours COMPLIANCE MEASUREMENTS The Model 2400 513 industrial compliance meter is designed for use by industrial plant managers and safety profession als who must prove compliance on a routine basis It is ideal for quickly checking the shields and cabinet doors for leaks whenever they have been adjusted or opened Itis also the only instrument that can measure both magnetic H and electric E fields with one probe that is permanently attached to the meter eliminating the need to change probes with each type of measurement Putting the Heat on Sealers The new IEEE standard entitled The IEEE Standard for Safety Levels With Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields 3 kHz to 300 GHz was first published in the spring of 1992 It was adopted by ANSI without change a year later It is also quickly becoming the de facto US standard for radiation from RF fields The US Department of Defense has based its new standard on the new IEEE ANSI standard The Federal Communication Commission s 1997 Regulations are based on a similar but somewhat more restrictive standard OSHA is beginning to use it as the basis for enforcement as well The Standard The new IEEE ANSI standard is far more complicated than its predecessor and differs in several important ways that will im pact manufacturers of RF heat sealers Radiation levels are no longer advisory but are now stated in terms of Maximum
140. auss G maximum permissible exposure MPE Derived limits in RF exposure standards for time averaged and peak expo sures to ambient electric E and magnetic H fields e g the root mean square rms or peak electric and magnetic field strengths their squares or the plane wave equivalent power densities associated with these fields and the induced and contact currents and contact voltages to which a person may be exposed without harmful effect due to the effects identi fied in the standard and with an acceptable safety factor for protection from such effects as described in the standard mixed frequency fields The superposition of two or more electromagnetic fields of differing frequency near field region A region generally close to an antenna or other radiating structure in which the electric and mag netic fields do not have a substantially plane wave character but vary considerably from point to point The near field re gion is further subdivided into the reactive near field region which is closest to the radiating structure and contains most or nearly all of the stored energy and the radiating near field region where the radiation field dominates the reactive field but lacks substantial plane wave character and is complicat ed in structure near field region radiating That region of the field of an antenna where the power density is not inversely propor tional to the distance from the source It is sometimes called th
141. ax 49 7121 9732 790 support narda sts de UK Service Center Narda s UK Service Center is located at Link Microtek in the UK The calibration and repair of Narda s RF safety products is co ordinated from this Service Center The Center has the ability to calibrate most of the 8700 series and some 8600 series probes any meter model and all Nardalert personal monitors Calibration and repair of other special probe models and spe cial instruments such as the induced body current devices can be coordinated by the service center Narda Service Center Link Microtek Intec 4 1 Wade Road Basingstoke Hants R624 8NE Hampshire UK Tel 44 1256 355771 Fax 44 1256 355118 sales linkmicrotek com How To Obtain Service The most important thing you can do to receive the best calibration and repair service in the quickest time is to use the following procedure 1 Contact the appropriate service facility Customers located in the United States and all international customers other than those located in Europe should contact Narda in New York Customers located within the European community should contact our service facilities in England and Germany 2 Obtain RMA Return Material Authorization Number You will be asked to provide a list of the equipment Model numbers serial numbers and a description of the services required will be needed For example if you anticipate requiring only calibration state that If there indicatio
142. aximum hold mode Applications Major safety standards worldwide require that both the elec tric and the magnetic field components E and H fields be measured for equipment operating below 300 MHz Most high power industrial equipment operates at one of the fre quencies allocated for Industrial Scientific and Medical ISM applications Two ISM frequencies 27 12 MHz and 13 56 MHz are used extensively The majority of heat sealers and induc tion heaters operate at 27 12 MHz while most semiconductor processing equipment operates at 13 56 MHz The NIM 513 operates from 10 MHz to 42 MHz and is adjusted to the ref erence calibration frequency at 27 12 MHz The NIM 511 has a much broader sensor that operates from 300 kHz to 100 MHz and is adjusted to the reference calibration frequency at 13 56 MHz RF energy can cause the body to be heated beyond its ability to thermally regulate itself Since 1987 OSHA has had the au thority to cite employers for exceeding the limits specified by state of the art scientific standards OSHA has chosen the IEEE C95 1 2005 Standard for enforcement of non ionizing radiation safety This IEEE standard includes many changes from earlier standards and is considerably more complex The Maximum Permissible Exposure MPE limits for Controlled Environments are Frequency E Field H Field mW cm mW cm 13 56 MHz 4 89 544 27 12 MHz 122 13 6 40 68 MHz 1 00 6 04 Table IEEE C95 1 2005 exposure limits fo
143. ayed as a Percent of Standard The only considerations when using a shaped probe are ensuring that all systems at the site are oper ating at or near maximum power and that the probe is shaped to the correct standard A typical shaped probe has a full scale range of 30096 of standard In IEEE C95 1 2005 this means the probe can mea sure three times the MPE that the standard allows in controlled environments As a result it requires 300 mW cm from an AM radio station where the standard allows 100 mW cm to gen erate the full scale output from the probe In contrast it takes only 3 mW cm at VHF television or FM radio frequencies to generate the same output The shaped probes are calibrated at several frequencies in the same manner as flat response probes 140 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes CASE NO 1 Freq MHz mW cm mW cm 1 0 100 0 900 0 total 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz FREQUENCY CASE NO 2 Freq MHz mW cm mW cm 1 0 100 0 900 0 total 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz FREQUENCY Measuring RF Levels at Multisignal Sites Figure 2 In this example three emitters com STD bined to have a total field strength of 5 mW cm which equals 71 of the 100 standard 1 3 Figure 3 This example shows the same three STD emitters as in Fig
144. bcarriers Root mean square value RMS integration time 10 ms 5 ms at CBW 15 MHz 20 MHz Steep cut off channel filter app Raised Cosine a 1 TBW CBW Individually selectable for PSS Primary Sync Signal SSS Secondary Sync Signal RS Avg Reference Signal Average RS Sum Reference Signal Sum RS Max Reference Signal Maximum RS 0 Reference Signal antenna 0 RS 1 Reference Signal antenna 1 RS 2 Reference Signal antenna 2 RS 3 Reference Signal antenna 3 Individually selectable for ACT Displays the instantaneous actual value MAX Maximum Hold function AVG Average over a selectable number of measurements 4 to 256 or a selectable time period 1 30 min MAX AVG Maximum Hold function after averaging MIN Minimum Hold function MIN AVG Minimum Hold function after averaging Standard Display of the selected safety standard X Y Z axis selection for single axis measurements using a Narda Three Axis Antenna or selection of isotropic measurements Extrapolation factor adjustable from 1 to 10 000 in steps of 0 001 Selection of individual Cell ID s Number of measurement runs since last reset Up to 16 Cell ID s simultaneously Table format Index Cell ID No Ant number of antennas selected signals shown for each selected result type up to 54 columns 4 Standard Total Total power of all listed Cell ID s Analog Analog measurement result for the selected LTE frequency channel no extrapolation
145. ce or frequency is providing the most power to your selected safety table 46 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN Battery mem GPs 40 47 48 0 N Ant SAX 50M 3G SrvTol USAFCC STD 01 29 10 11 55 18 AM 73 27 46 7 W Cable SRM 1 5 m Stnd FCC GP 1000 Max 100 Avg 104 Min 11 0 14 2 0 014 Ea 0 001 f u 0 000 14 0 000 014 mu M ALIS CRT S RO 0 000 001 4 0 000 000 1 500 1000 1500 2 000 2 500 Isotropic Frequency MHz Fmin 50 MHz Fmax 2 503 GHz Sweep Time 3 861 s Progress MR 2 5 RBW 10 MHz No of Runs 3 VBW off AVG 8min 1 Classic Spectrum Analysis Result evaluation using markers and delta markers For example the integration function can be used to deter mine the channel power level Special feature Service Identification by means of pre recorded service values SPECTRUM ANALYSIS MODE Spectrum Analysis Mode makes finding hidden or inter mittent emitters easy Perhaps you didn t expect a certain frequency to be used in your area but in this mode that emit ter can be quickly and easily identified by the frequency and level it s operating at This gives you the real story of what is happening right now when and where you are performing the measurement The SRM 3006 allows easy settings of fre que
146. cherrh at eher 70 HF 3061 1 serere teme 70 NBM 520 iiis exse rie ens 65 NBM 550 5 s erececememer deo 59 NBM 580 ehe curte epe 87 Mu Mem 73 NIM 513 ii ss ee thm 73 SRM 3006 iis tester 45 THM1176 e tke rens 19 THM1176 HF DUO PC 22 THM1176 HF DUO PDA 22 THM1176 HF PC sssse 22 THM1176 HF PDA 22 163
147. ching or cleaning d Heat Sealers Vinyl Welders or High Frequency Welders e Matcal soldering irons f Sputtering Equipment 3 If yes to any questions above have the systems been surveyed for electromagnetic leakage at any time If so when and by whom Attach report if available 4 Do you know if you have any other systems that may generate electromagnetic fields or if you have any devices you are unsure of please list them below 136 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program FORM B ENGINEERING RANGE MAINTENANCE OPERATION TEST CALIBRATION METROLOGY AND Q A 1 Person completing form Organization Name Title Dept Telephone Ext E Mail Date Completed 2 Is your department involved in the Engineering Range Maintenance Operation Test or Quality Assurance of any of the following types of systems YES a RF or microwave amplifiers Power out 5 Watts b Radar Systems c Elec Warfare EW systems d Telemetry Systems e Navigation f Communications Power out 5 Watts g EMC Immunity or Susceptibility gt 10 V m NO 3 If yes to any question above please give a brief description and nomenclature if applicable if classified l
148. cking Probe Functionality Beginning to Make Measurements dentifying High Level Areas First Spatial Averaging Techniques Using the Maximum Hold Feature Impact of the Human Body on Field Measurements Ordering Information PART NUMBER LANGUAGE FORMAT 42945500 ENGLISH NTSC 42945501 ENGLISH PAL Richard Ric Tell has been working on issues related to radio frequency RF hazards for more than thirty years During the first twenty years of his professional career he worked for the U S Environmental Protection Agency and served as the Chief of the Electromagnetics Branch In that capacity he supported the agency s work program to develop a pub lic exposure standard for RF fields and did extensive work related to RF instrumentation evaluation computer modeling of antennas and na tional field studies to measure environmental levels of RF fields During his tenure at the EPA his program provided technical support to the Federal Communications Commission FCC as the FCC adopted new rules for human exposure to RF fields More recently Mr Tell has pur sued his own scientific consulting business related to electromagnetic field exposure assessment Much of his work has been in helping clients evaluate compliance with applicable standards and establish RF safety programs within their companies including contract support to the FCC and the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association CTIA related to analyzing and evaluating
149. communications company USA Germany Italy 35 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EHP 50D Electric and Magnetic Field Analyzer State of the Art Technology with Simultaneous Three Axis Acquisition Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Field Analysis up to 100 kHz Isotropic Measurement with Total Dynamic Range up to 150 dB Small Size and Optical Fiber Connection for Spot Measurements Built in FFT Spectrum Analysis Wideband Mode Built in Li ion Rechargeable Battery with Long Operating Life Interface to NBM 550 Field Meter and PC Stand Alone Operating Mode with Internal Data Logger Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields Electrosmog is a term commonly used to describe any phenomenon or problem as sociated with artificially generated electric or magnetic fields A range of electric or electronic devices may cause an environmental risk and under certain conditions generate potentially hazardous electric or magnetic fields However special attention is focused on low frequency fields such as those generated by power transmission lines railroads and high current equipment in general large electric motors indus trial scale manufacturing plant power generators etc These low frequency fields are basically characterised by high electric and magnetic field component values in the near field re
150. company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN 5 Hz to 32 kHz EFA 300 Field Analyzer For Isotropic Measurement of Magnetic and Electric Fields Evaluation of Field Exposure Compared to Major Standards and Guidances selectable ShapedTime Domain STD an innovative technique for signal shape independent field measurements Fast Fourier Transform FFT Spectral Analysis Peak Value Measurement with Proper Phase Large Capacity Data Storage 9 9 9 Remote Control Applications The EFA 300 is an ideal field analyzer for measuring magnetic and electric fields in the workplace and in public spaces It is designed for professional users in the power industry at municipal utilities by insurers and for health and safety professionals in industry In the low frequency range it handles virtually any required measurement simply and precisely This instrument provides field analysis using an FFT computa tion in addition to measuring magnetic and electric fields The innovative STD mode opens up further application areas With this new mode the measurement results for magnetic and electric field strength are displayed as a Percent of Standard regardless of the signal shape This mode enables fast and reliable measurement and evalua tion of the typical fields where complex non sinusoidal signals are common
151. cracy endless paperwork and the need to learn about RF and microwave technology Fortunately a credible RF safety program for many organiza tions is often not complicated but does require a long term corporate commitment discipline and yes some difficult work However the time is well spent since even the step of determining if a program is required answers the question of where the organization falls in the RF safety spectrum some thing many companies simply do not know but should Narda Safety Test Solutions created this RF Safety Guide to provide the basic information needed to create an RF safe ty program It assumes only that the reader knows that his or her organization employs electromagnetic EM energy which to a wireless carrier is obvious but to a manufacturer sometimes is not The guide is not intended to be a complete treatise on the subject but rather an overview that covers the elements of RF safety necessary to begin the implementation of an RF safety program Additional information is available in the guidances and standards and other resources referenced at the end of the RF Safety Guide Narda STS can also provide assistance with RF safety equipment and measurements and conducts training sessions on RF safety training and measure ments throughout North America every year Specifically this guide can help organizations that employ equipment generating EM energy to understand the RF safe ty environment
152. cteristics of the human body vs wavelength Three scenarios are examined 1 where the body is less than the size of the wavelength 2 where they are roughly equal and 3 where the body is larger In instances where the size of the body is less than the wavelength there is little absorp tion and a uniform or equal distribution of energy In this range the body becomes increasingly resistive as frequency is decreased OBJECT o SIZE ATA Subresonant Region When the wavelength is roughly equal to the size of the body there is the highest absorption with unequal distribution of the energy Consequently hot spots may be generated OBJECT SIZE IN OBJECT gt SIZE Resonant Region narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN Where the wavelength is less than the size of the body there is lower absorption and the heating is confined to the irradi ated area OBJECT SIZE OBJECT lt lt SIZE Quasi Optical Region Specific Absorption Rate SAR is the basis of most safety standards It is the rate of energy absorption per unit of body mass At an absorption level of 4 W kg reversible behavioral disruption has been noted Levels above 5 W kg have result ed in permanent adverse effects Therefore most standards have been based on SARs o
153. curacy ELF VLF fields are easily measured See page 36 ELT 400 The first low frequency measurement device that can be used by engineering and safety personnel This new system measures the magnetic field required for certification of products destined for Europe Safety personnel can use the ELT 400 to verify magnetic field limits recommended by the new IEEE C95 6 standard See page 23 EFA 300 EFA 300 Electric and Magnetic Field Analyzer sets the testing standard for low frequency devices This unit offers exceptional accuracy and overall performance for testing occupational exposures to ELF VLF frequencies See page 29 RF AND MICROWAVE 100 kHz TO 100 GHz Narrowband Meters EHP 200A A stand alone solution for measurements of fields from 9 kHz to 30 MHz is the EHP 200A This fiber opti cally isolated sensor measures both E and H fields over a wide dynamic range and displays them on a computer through a 10 meter cable This design allows repeatable field mea surements thanks to the supplied non metallic stand and the EHP 200A also features excellent accuracy See page 42 SRM 3006 Narda s second generation narrowband me ter features a full color display built in GPS and a frequency range of 9 kHz to 6 GHz This system is outstanding for deter mining FCC 5 boundaries and detecting low level signals that broadband equipment can t distinguish See page 45 Broadband Meters NIM Series Features digital meters and
154. d Monitors performed by Narda East SUCCESSFUL MEASUREMENTS DEPEND ON THE FOLLOWING Accurate instruments Traceability to National Standards an Understanding of Uncertainty and Application of good mea surement practice COMPLETE SERVICE BRINGS CONFIDENCE Narda has been manufacturing accurate field detection equipment for over 45 years We provide comprehensive ser vices that match our products and your measurement needs Proper servicing and calibration ensures the long life and reli ability of our products and protects the investments that you have made allowing you to provide dependable service and employ your staff efficiently OUR LABORATORY Narda has now received accreditation from the A2LA American Association for Laboratory Accreditation Accreditation to ISO IEC 17025 determines that a labora tory has all of the necessary facilities equipment standards procedures uncertainty analyses personnel etc which make it capable of providing traceable measurement results Laboratory accreditation does not speak to the specifics of any individual measurement result but to the overall capa bility of a lab to provide the service Nardas commitment to producing and supporting our field monitors is without equal as evidenced by our consistent investment in equip ment standards organizations memberships and detection technologies that provide our clients unequalled confidence in their testing results FREQUENCY RANGE Na
155. d Strength Free Space Wee k T ids S H 1000 00 5 1550 d 500 00 3 6440 A 200 00 2 3050 100 00 1 6300 50 00 1 1520 3 20 00 7290 10 00 5155 5 00 3644 d 2 00 2305 1 00 1630 8 50 1152 06 20 0729 o4 10 0515 es 05 0364 xs 02 0230 01 0163 2 8 B RBRB b orio n ward B S 588558 8 8 005 0115 mW cm narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 155 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN International Standards and Guidances U S FCC MPE Limits 47 CFR 1 1310 LIMITS IN TERMS OF FIELD STRENGTH 1000 z 10 Controlled Occupational Environments Uncontrolled General Public Environments 100 L m HERE Lum 1 0 10 0 1 ra V m A m 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz LIMITS IN TERMS OF EQUIVALENT POWER DENSITY 1000 0 Controlled Occupational Environments Uncontrolled General Public Environments H 100 0 i EC I I I I I I I I I NNI hy EHI LU EH 11 anl EN EH an MI 10 0 N mW cm N s S 1 0 a een oe ee ee eee _ gt m m mm NU m3 o _ _ N 41 Gl al h m e eM 0 1 Er Essi FEH EFH EHH Er EE Ec FEE 1 3 10 30 100 300 3 10 30 100 300 1 3 10 30 100 300 kHz MHz GHz 156 narda Safety Test Solutions an communic
156. d magnetic field measurements in the broadcast industry have characteristics that make their accuracy questionable in these applications The Need for True RMS Detection The easiest way to design a probe to measure electric field intensity in the broadcast and communications bands below 3 GHz is to use simple diode detectors coupled to a dipole antenna Most instrument manufacturers use three sets of detectors to build an isotropic or omnidirectional field probe The measurement practices standard IEEE C95 3 2005 requires that measurements be made independent of polar ization preferably with isotropic probes SQUARE LAW RESPONSE LINEAR DETECTION AV A B C POWER IN RMS DETECTION Va B C VOLTAGE OUT Figure 1 RMS vs Linear Detection A peculiar characteristic of diode detectors used in isotropic probes is that they can become linear or rather stop func tioning as an RMS detector at high input levels as shown in Figure 1 Some manufacturers of RF radiation measurement systems use squaring circuits to compensate for the diode operating in the linear region This design approach can narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 139 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Measuring RF Levels at Multisignal Sites greatly overestimate actual field strength in multisignal envi r
157. da logo Fix level VU meter displayed when recording for level monitoring 30 seconds max length per voice comment 1 voice comment stored with relevant result 8 bit PCM mono stored as WAV file approx 240 kB per 30 seconds External earphone adjustable output level or via NBM TS PC Software Receiver Type Displayed Position Data Geodetic System Position Accuracy Update Rate Acquisition Time Receiver Size Weight Receiver Mounting 12 channel satellite tracking DGPS capability WAAS EGNOS compatible Latitude Lat and Longitude Long selectable unit DMS degrees minutes seconds MinDec decimal minutes DegDec decimal degrees WGS84 NAD83 lt 3 m DGPS WAAS 15 m SPS high precision mode indicated by the NBM 550 1 second 2 seconds reacquisition up to 5 minutes no data known 2 4 inches 61 mm in diameter 8 inches 19 5 mm in height 2 2 oz 62 g approx 3 5 oz 100 g with mounting plate Uses the tripod thread on the underside of NBM 550 mounting plate included narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 63 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM 550 Broadband Field Meter Ordering Information Ordering Eel Part No NBM 550 Narda Broadband Field Meter System Includes NBM 550 Basic Unit 2401 01B Transit Case holds field meter
158. dows 7 Mac OS X PDA Windows Mobile LabVIEW source code for all PC and PDA software and user s manual PDF Zero Gauss Chamber Carrying Case Certificate of calibration Full range calibration on 0 1 0 5 and 3T ranges 20 T range to 3 T THM1176 DUO PDA Magnetometer High Low Field PDA included 2901 105 Includes all parts from 2901 101 plus a Low Field Hall Probe PC VERSIONS THM1176 HF PC Magnetometer High Field PC Version requires a PC for operation Includes 3 Axis Hall Probe with 3 meter cable CD with acquisition software for PC Windows XP Vista Windows 7 Mac OS X 2901 102 LabVIEW source code and user s manual PDF Zero Gauss Chamber Certificate of calibration Full range calibration on 0 1 0 5 and 3T ranges 20 T range to 3T THM1176 DUO PC Magnetometer High Low Field PC Version 2901 106 Includes all parts from 2901 102 plus a Low Field Hall Probe THM1176 HF PDA 22 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN Safety Evaluation within a Magnetic Field Environment Exposure Level Tester ELT 400 Direct Evaluation of Field Exposure Compared to Major Standards IEEE C95 6 Automatic Exposure Evaluation for Various Waveforms Eliminates the Overestimation that Can Occur with FFT based Evaluatio
159. dual field probes The NIM 513 is excellent for measurements on heat sealers and vinyl welders while the NIM 511 covers a wider frequency range for testing most semiconductor systems See page 73 NBM Series Narda s new NBM series of meters and probes provide unequalled performance for broadband measure ments Either the NBM 520 or 550 meters can be used with 11 different E or H field probes This revolutionary system fea tures rugged lightweight design with incredible displays and intelligent probes See page 59 PERSONAL MONITORS Narda offers two families of RF microwave personal moni tors The RadMan and Nardalert S3 These products perform similar tasks in different ways RadMan The RadMan offers broad frequency coverage for both the electric E and magnetic H fields Utilizing dipoles E and loops H with diode based detection and a housing that allows isotropic detection when used off the body this system can be used as more than a monitor When operating it off the body its isotropic features allow you to make field strength measurements Coupled to the optional ESM TS software and cable package real time readings can be displayed on a computer We also offer the ESM 30 which adds a data logging capability For utility workers Narda offers the ESM 30 ELF Immune model This unit incorpo rates special coatings to allow proper RF field detection even while immersed in a 125 kV m powerline 50 60 Hz frequency field
160. dustrial Heating or Vinyl Heating Semiconductor Processing Induction Heating narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 69 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM Series Probes Specifications Probe Probe Frequency Measurement Model No Ordering No Range Range Probe EF 0391 100 kHz E Field Flat 2402 01B to 3 GHz 0 2 to 320 V m Probe EF 0392 100 kHz E Field Flat 2402 12B to 3 GHz 0 8 to 1300 V m Probe EF 0691 100 kHz E Field Flat 2402 14B to 6 GHz 0 35 to 650 V m Probe EF 1891 3 MHz E Field Flat 2402 02B to 18 GHz 0 8 to 1000 V m Probe EF 5091 300 MHz E Field Flat 2402 038 650 GHz eigen Probe EF 5092 300 MHz E Field Flat 2402 11B to 50 GHz 18 to 1370 V m Probe EF 6091 100 MHz E Field Flat 2402 04B to 60 GHz 0 7 to 300 V m Probe HF 3061 300 kHz H Field Flat 2402 05B to 30 MHz 0 017 to 16 A m Probe HF 0191 27 MHz H Field Flat 2402 06B to 1 GHz 0 026 to 16 A m Probe EA 5091 300 kHz 0 5 to 600 of FCC E Field Shaped 2402 07B Occupational Controlled to 50 GHz SR FCC limits Probe EB 5091 3 MHz 0 5 to 600 of IEEE E Field Shaped 2402 08B to 50 GHz C95 1 2005 for People in IEEE Controlled Environments Probe EC 5091 300 kHz 0 5 to 60096 of Safety E Field Shaped 2402 09B to 50 GHz Code 6 for People in SC 6 Canada Controlled Environments Probe ED 5091 3
161. e An experiment was conducted using a modern 12 kW 12 000 W RF heat sealer operating at a reduced power output of 8 kW Since the RF power output of heat sealers typically ranges from 1 5 kW to more than 60 kW this is an average condition Obviously the impact of shield failure is less significant with smaller sealers than with those that have higher output powers In this experiment measurements were made at the normal position of the operator with the shields functioning as designed and with the shields opened only 1 in above the safe position on the operating platform Completely removing the shields would result in far higher levels of radiation The values obtained are compared in the table to controlled and uncontrolled Maximum Permissible Exposure levels MPEs specified in IEEE ANSI C95 1 2005 The exact intensity of the electric and magnetic fields with shield failure is not known because radiation levels exceeded the measurement limits of the instrument The new standard allows the value of electric and magnetic field levels to be reduced by multiplying the obtained value by the duty cycle of the equipment typically 10 to 50 percent However the new standard limits the value for induced current to a 1 second maximum exposure Consequently induced current is now the critical requirement to meet in order to be compliant In general the results show that with shields operating as designed radiation is well controlled and within the
162. e through the user software you can expand the operation of your Nardalert to store display and download exposure data alter alarm modes and levels display historical data on the Nardalert S3 s display and re configure the interface for fiber optic connections Nardalert S3 Mainframe shown with interchangeable sensor 78 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors LN Software The Nardalert S3 software NS3 TS is supplied standard with every unit Readings can be downloaded and dis played numerically Figure 1 or graphically Figure 2 by simply installing the software and plugging in the supplied USB cable Users can download stored data into a database that is stored in the software for future recall The six major soft ware controls are 1 File Allows file manipulation Storing sorting and exporting 2 Database Database management of files stored on computer Figures 1 and 2 0409 200 1060822 A 721 100828 08 0100 2901 1006 22 00 ewe TOUS ZO A0 ara 1618 A era 100515 MATT Y 1813 A6 910 2901 160610 6107 700 10 06 00 as 9000 2011 10008 00 ewan TCR A arn TOS CT A ara 100450 me 0487 701 10 bA S8 AM Amn IO 0454 a CEECEE earam etea era 100645 A razr T0044 A MUTO 160642 A MAT Y T 0408 A Mos inte werso EID 294x5
163. e which has a frequency response of 2 dB an indication of less than 50 of standard is certain to be compliant while an indication of greater than 200 is certain to be out of compliance In actual practice the areas that fall into this window of uncertainty are quite small In the worst case narrowband measurement techniques can be employed to resolve the problem if these narrow areas are deemed op erationally important A good method of mapping the area where compliance is guaranteed is to set the meter to alarm at 50 of standard and quickly map the area In this manner the resultant plot can be used to determine compliance Summary The density of systems operating from a single tower or rooftop location is increasing every year This complex sig nal environment makes it extremely difficult to accurately determine whether the radiation present at the overall site is in compliance with standards such as IEEE C95 1 2005 and NCRP Report 86 in which MPE limits vary with frequency Probes with shaped frequency response curves along with RMS detection make compliance with FCC guidelines more accurate in complex multisignal measurement environments Together with a well administered RF radiation safety pro gram they allow regulatory compliance to be confidently demonstrated 142 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaST
164. e Fresnel region In this region the power density increases irregularly with range to a maximum level then decreases at a near linear rate to the onset of the far field region It is con venient and adequate from a personnel hazard viewpoint to consider the power density in the radiating near field to be constant with range and equal to four times the average power density calculated at the antenna aperture itself Such a power density profile has proven accurate when compared to measured results near field region reactive That region of the field immedi ately surrounding the antenna where the reactive energy of the electromagnetic field is recovered and re emitted during sucessive oscillations True reactive near field conditions ex ist only to a distance of less than one half wavelength of the emitted radiation from the radiator 110 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Definitions and Glossary LN non ionizing radiation Any electromagnetic radiation in capable of producing ions directly or indirectly penetration depth For a plane electromagnetic wave inci dent on the boundary of a medium the distance from the boundary into the medium along the direction of propaga tion in the medium at which the field strengths of the wave have been reduced to 1 e 36 896 of the boundary values
165. e assessment administrative and engineering controls measurements training the use of protective equipment and periodic auditing of the program An RF safety program involves employees at several levels of the organization It must be endorsed and made mandatory by corporate level management understood by all managers whose direct reports and vendors are exposed to EM energy in their work by the RFSO Radio Frequency Safety Officer whose job it is to administer the program by the RF safety committee optional that works together with the RFSO to ensure the program is carried out and most important by all employees of the company who could potentially be exposed to EM energy in their work The duties of the RFSO are not trivial since he or she is re sponsible for administration of the entire program which can include facilities in multiple locations and potentially hundreds or thousands of employees This requires com prehensive training in RF safety awareness and a reasonable understanding of all elements of RF exposure This level of training is available from consulting organizations as well as from Narda Safety Test Solutions Once the RFSO has been trained the process of training the others involved in safety 132 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes JAN A
166. e best tool for measuring low frequency electric and magnetic fields and displaying recording and analyzing their values on the NBM 550 field meter or a PC screen The PC program allows for remote control by optical fiber as well as for setting the probe and downloading measurement results acquired in Stand Alone mode or stored in the NBM 550 memory The EHP 50D provides an advanced solution for field measure ments in the 5 Hz to 100 kHz range with an unsurpassed total dynamic range of up to 150 dB and a built in spectrum analyzer function EHP 50D OPERATING MODES Stand Alone Operating Mode NBM 550 Display Operation EHP TS Remote Controlled Operation narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 37 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EHP 50D Electric Field and Magnetic Flux Density Analyzer Stand Alone Operating Mode CONTINUOUS ACQUISITION WITH INTERNAL DATA LOGGER FOR UP TO 24 HOURS When long term monitoring is essential such as when mea suring magnetic fields close to high medium and low voltage transformers close to power lines or to machinery air con ditioning systems large home appliances and so on the EHP 50D can be used in stand alone mode without needing to be connected to a PC or a NBM 550 meter Once the mea surement parameters have been programmed using the PC
167. e federal state or 8512 8520 335470 local environmental regulations 8712 8715 32542709 In keeping with our highly proactive policy on environmen 8716 8719 8616 8711 32542704 tal protection and conservation of natural resources Narda 8718 8718B 32542703 maintains a rechargeable battery management program 8850 8850B 32542701 which we offer as a service to our customers At the end of 8870 32542700 this product s effective life cycle it may be returned to us for proper disposal For information please call Narda s Environmental Health and Safety Department at 631 231 1700 102 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Accessories AN Model 2244 90 51 Non Metallic Tripod Able to be Extended up to 1 65 meters Features Non Metallic Construction for Minimal Field Perturbation Small Carrying Bag for Transport and Storage P N 3001 90 06 to mount P N 3501 90 02 for SRM Probes P N 3501 90 01 for SRM Probes SRM 3000 meter directly to tripod in vertical or horizontal positions at analytical angle SKM Series Products External Battery and Charger P N 3001 90 15 Spare Battery for SRM P N 3001 90 07 External Charger Pack Battery not included narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 103 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAI
168. e g in industrial applications that use resistance welding Resistance welding issues surface in the traditional 50 60 Hz systems as well as in the newer medium frequency switch ing units Basic Operation The EFA 300 has a built in isotropic magnetic field probe Optional external probes can be used to handle other applications For example an isotropic B field probe with high sensitivity and a large 100 cm cross sectional area is available for the standard ized measurement of dissimilar magnetic fields For measurements in hard to reach places a miniature 3 cm diameter B field sniffer probe is available The EFA 300 includes a cubic shaped isotropic E field module This E field module contains both the sensor and circuitry that allows it to be operated independent of the base unit The base instrument or a computer with the EFA TS remote software can be used to read results in real time and control the functions of the module In the data logging mode the E field module can be operated independently Stored data can be read and analyzed at a later date using a computer and the EFA TS software The major advantage of operating the E field module remotely is that it greatly reduc es the influence of the human body on the electric field you are trying to measure narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 29 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com w
169. e ratio of electric to magnetic fields is the free space imped ance we can say E H Z is the impedance as a ratio of E to H and is independent of their magnitudes Free space has a resistance to electromag netic radiation It has a permeability ratio of magnetic flux density produced in a medium to the magnetic field strength that produced it and a permittivity ratio of electric flux density in a medium to the electric field that produced it therefore via Maxwell s equations Zo VHo 0 Zo V1 257 x 10 F m 8 855 x 10 12 H m Zo V141953 6985 Zo 376 767 The characteristic impedance of free space is therefore 377 ohms Since we have already seen that the electric and magnetic field intensities are related through the impedance of space Zo which is 377 ohms we can say E H 377 ohms S E x H S W m 10 W m 1 mW cm S W m 377 x H S mW cm 37 70 x H S W m E 377 S mW cm E 3770 115 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Non lonizing Radiation RMS AVERAGE The power density of an electromagnetic wave is related to the electric and magnetic intensities in that it is the product of the two When we speak about power density we use the RMS aver age which is the root mean square of the maximum amplitude of the field multiplied by 1 V2 707 thus W H V2x E V2 2 E Ho
170. e there are no expectations that RF exposure levels may exceed the exposure limits for the lower tier of a two tier standard including those for induced currents vector A quantity such as velocity or force having both magnitude and direction A vector is denoted by a symbol in bold type velocity The velocity of wave propagation v represents the speed at which the wave advances In free space v is at right angles to both E and H and in the same direction as the Poynting Vector In a vacuum where the speed of an electro magnetic wave is c the speed of light c Av wavelength X The wavelength X of an electromagnetic wave is related to the frequency f and velocity v by the expression v fA The velocity of an electromagnetic wave in free space is equal to the speed of light i e approximately 3x108m s meters per second narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN Non lonizing Radiation General Information What is Radiation Radiation is a form of energy that arises when electric charg es are accelerated These moving electric charges induce an electromagnetic field within the region surrounding the charge source This oscillation generates an electromagnet ic wave that radiates energy from the region surrounding the charges much like the expanding wa
171. eans that over its measurement range it may change from an average detector to a peak detector As long as the emission is not modulated and it is a single fre quency emission there will not be a large error If there is a compensating circuit that varies the detector s operation to maintain it in square law it will allow the diode to remain ac curate in almost any environment Thermocouple detection is also used at lower 300 MHz frequencies Antenna arrays made up entirely of thermocouple junctions are available for use at higher 1 GHz frequencies Thermocouples are linear devices This means that they will always give true RMS aver age results even when used in multiple emitter applications Thermocouple array probes operate on energy deposition across their numerous junctions In this way they always gen erate an output that is proportional to the average energy no matter how narrow the pulse s width This is why thermo couple detectors are usually used for measurements on pulse modulated emissions The major drawback of thermocouples has been an inefficiency when compared to diode detec tors meaning that the diode provides a larger output voltage for an equivalent field strength A thermocouple detector therefore exhibits zero drift which may be a signifi cant part of a low level reading Another consideration is that the diode can usually withstand a higher overload level than the thermocouple This amplifies the need f
172. ection selectable Measurement Range Noise Spurious Level RSM typical Uncertainty by marker P Results Scale selectable Data Acquisition 2 kHz Range Gatian 32 kHz Range Window Length 2 kHz Range 32 kHz Range Result 2 kHz Range Averaging selectable 32 kHz Range Graphical Display selectable SPECTRUM FFT only Result List tabular HARMONICS only 5 Hz to 2 kHz 40 Hz to 32 kHz 10 Hz to 400 Hz 10 Hz to 10 kHz Option FFT 5 Hz 32 kHz 0 01 Hz 0 1 Hz Full Scale Logarithmic or 100 Hz Wide Linear Span Full Scale Logarithmic or 1000 Hz Wide Linear Span RMS RMS Average Peak Value or Vector Peak Value at each single frequency proper phase See FIELD STRENGTH MODE See Table 1 on next page See FIELD STRENGTH MODE 20 dB to 120 dB logarithmic Continuous and Overlapping Seamless Continuous 1 0 second 0 1 second 1 2 4 or 8 seconds 4 8 16 or 32 Spectra Result Absolute or Normalized to Reference Limit of Selected Standard Marker Displays 9 Highest Peaks within Selected Frequency Range Result of 2 d to 9th Harmonic and Total Distortion with within noise Referenced to the Level of Fundamental Frequency Capacity typical dependent on setting Control Field Strength amp Exposure STD Modes Spectrum FFT amp Harmonics Modes 3600 Single Values or 22 Spectral Analyses Manual or Sequence Timer or Sequence Spatial Assigned Manual Only b Uncertainty includes all partia
173. ed and calibrated to factory specifications SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO IEC 17025 2005 amp ANSI NCSL Z540 1 1994 TEM Cell Isotropic ACCREDITED Isotropic Calibration Lab Parameter Equipment Anechoic Chamber Isotropic Frequency CMC Comments 0 1 to 200 MHz 0 8 dB Substitution 300 to 1800 MHz 1 0 dB Substitution 1 8 to 45 5 GHz 0 9 dB Substitution Certificate No 3434 01 a Calibration and Measurement Capability CMC is the smallest uncertainty of measurement that a laboratory can achieve within its scope of accreditation when performing more or less routine calibrations of nearly ideal measurement standards or nearly ideal measuring equipment Calibration and Measurement Capabilities represent expanded uncertainties ex pressed at approximately the 95 96 level of confidence usually using a coverage factor of k 2 The actual measurement uncertainty of a specific calibration performed by the laboratory may be greater than the CMC due to the behavior of the customer s device and to influences from the circumstances of the specific calibration narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 99 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Calibration and Maintenance CALIBRATION RESULTS PROVIDED During calibration each probe is mounted at the analyti cal angle to insure maximum reception alignment and then rotated
174. elationship Therefore measuring either field under these conditions is all that is required Since the boundaries of the far field are largely re lated to the number of wavelengths which decreases as the frequency increases microwave frequency measurements are invariably far field measurements The major standards usually use 300 MHz as the upper limit for measurement of both fields Although you could measure either the electric or magnetic field component under far field conditions and yield the same result higher frequency probes are almost always designed to measure the electric field because of de sign considerations Units of Measure The power density units of mW cm and W m are really only applicable in the far field No commercial instrument actually measures power density they measure the square of either field However plane wave equivalent power density units are often convenient even in the near field because using a common unit makes it easy to see which field contains the most energy The Unit Conversion Tables and Formulas section that begins on page 154 contains the information that you need to make conversions Narda s latest micropro cessor based instruments allow you to make readings in any appropriate unit of measure with the same probe without needing to make any calculations Low Frequency Measurements Low frequency electric field measurements particularly below 30 MHz are well served by our new NBM seri
175. eld Thermocouple 300 MHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 11B Probe EF 6091 E Field 100 MHz 60 GHz Isotropic 2402 04B Probe HF 3061 H Field 300 kHz 30 MHz Isotropic 2402 05B Probe HF 0191 H Field 27 MHz 1 GHz Isotropic 2402 06B Probe EA 5091 Shaped E Field FCC 300 kHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 07B Probe EB 5091 Shaped E Field IEEE 3 MHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 08B Probe EC 5091 Shaped E Field SC6 300 kHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 09B Probe ED 5091 Shaped E Field ICNIRP 300 kHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 10B Test Generator 27 MHz Hand Held 2244 90 38 Tripod Non Conductive 1 65m with Carrying Bag 2244 90 31 Tripod Extension 0 50m Non Conductive For 2244 90 31 2244 90 45 Handle Non Conductive Extension 0 42m 2250 92 02 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000um RP 02 20m 2260 91 03 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000um FSMA RP 02 0 3m 2260 91 01 O E Converter USB RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 Cable Adapter USB 2 0 RS 232 0 8 m 2260 90 53 8 203 mm 68 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN NBM Series Probes New Rugged Construction Imbedded EEPROM Stores Details Lightweight Accurate Flat or Shaped Response Electric or Magnetic Fields 9 9 9 9 9 Fully Interchangeable Description Narda s new NBM Series of p
176. eld strength or power density of the associated pilot channel P CPICH at the same time The SRM 3006 also shows the sum of all P CPICH lev els as an overall value Total The Analog measured value for the frequency channel is also shown for comparison You can also set a factor that the SRM can use to extrapolate the field strength that would result if all channels were fully loaded Therefore instead of guessing what the UMTS signal is at measurement time and how it relates to the maximum pos sible signal strength that the site could generate now you can measure and estimate with confidence narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy 47 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter SCOPE MODE The Scope Mode incorporates a high speed oscilloscope that displays pulse modulated signals down to a resolution of 31 25 ns This allows high speed characterization of WiMax signals along with any other pulsed signal below 6 GHz This mode allows the communications engineer and technician an extended and powerful capability in a system that they needed already LONG TERM EVOLUTION LTE 4G LTE also generally but less correctly known as 4G 4th gen eration wireless can be utilized in the frequency ranges 700 MHz 900 MHz 1 8 GHz 2 1 GHz and 2 6 GHz As with UMTS
177. ence Between lonizing and Non lonizing Radiation Electromagnetic waves caused by moving electric charges all carry energy These are commonly called photons Their en ergy level increases at higher frequencies and is measured in electron volts or eV referred to as Plancks constant Energy hf where h is equal to 6 63 x 1034 joule second and f frequency At a frequency of approximately 2420 million MHz the pho ton energy levels are approximately the same 12 4 eV as the energy binding electrons to atoms At this energy level water molecules can be ionized therefore at this part of the frequency spectrum the energy is classified as ionizing Microwave frequency photons carry considerably less energy 001 eV than the weakest chemical bonds and are therefore classified as non ionizing FREQUENCY 10 2 Hz 3x108 3x105 3x10 3x10 3x10 105 Hz 3x107 3x10 WAVELENGTH METERS Frequency vs Wavelength narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 113 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Non lonizing Radiation FREQUENCY 10 10 5 Hz Hz VISIBLE LIGHT i 60 Hz AM FM ELECTRIC RADIO RADIO POWER TV MICROWAVES CFan enecuencr mourion wesaseo une sss mma sess NON IONIZING RADIATION IONIZING RADIATION 3x10 3x10 3x10 3x10 3x10 3x10 3x10 3x10
178. encies Narda s 8600 series probes were originally designed to oper ate up to 18 GHz and later to 26 5 GHz These probes all use thermocouple detectors that function as dipoles The sensi tivity starts to decrease above 26 GHz which limits the useful frequency range Narda made a patented breakthrough with the introduction of the models 8621D and 8623D in 1983 that dramatically increased the upper frequency range This new design was carried forward into the NBM Series The ultra broadband characteristics of these probes are ob tained by distributing resistive dipoles along the length of detector elements The spacing of the dipoles is less than a quarter wavelength of the highest rated frequency This eliminates the possibility of any resonance within the rated frequency range Tech nically one of these probes may be viewed as a group of series connected small resistive dipoles or as a very low Q resonate circuit The dipoles are oriented along the Poynting Vector which results in a traveling wave effect beginning to occur above 26 GHz The traveling wave effect increases with frequency which offsets the natural loss in sensitivity from the dipoles This results in a probe with an extremely flat fre quency response throughout most of the millimeter region Frequency Response The theoretical useful measurement range of the Models EF 5091 and EF 5092 probes extends up to about 140 GHz The rated frequency response of these models
179. ency Response 2 0 dB 300 kHz to 100 MHz 1 5 dB 10 MHz to 42 MHz Calibration Uncertainty NOT Included H field 0 dB 13 56 MHz H field 0 dB 27 12 MHz 0 6 dB 300 kHz to 100 MHz 0 6 dB 10 MHz to 42 MHz Calibration Uncertainty 0 5 dB 1 dB 0 5 to 2 mW cm Finrany 0 5 dB 2 to 100 mW cm Isotropic Response 1dB Temperature response 0 8 dB 10 C to 40 C Calibration Frequencies 0 5 13 56 27 12 90 MHz 3 56 27 12 40 68 MHz Recommended Calibration Interval 24 months Battery NiMH rechargeable batteries 2 x AA size Mignon 2500 mAh included Operation time Approx 22 hours Charging time 2 hours Battery level display 100 80 60 40 20 10 low level lt 5 Temperature range Operating 10 C to 50 C Non operating transport 30 C to 70 C Em 5 to 9596 RH x28 C non condensing ary 26 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 Size h x w x d Meter 1 5 x 2 0 x 8 1 38x 52x 205 mm Probe 16 inches long 410 mm Cable 44 inches long 1 1 m Weight Meter 0 66 Ibs 300 g Probe 0 68 Ibs 310 g Hard Case Power Supply Rechargeable Batteries Shoulder Strap Accessories included Operating Manual Certificate of Calibration narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 75 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NIM Series Industri
180. eraged over the whole body The IEEE ANSI C95 1 standard allows time averaging but not whole body averaging for exposures to the eyes and male testes body areas Again you may want to use a worst case example in your final data Surveys Figure 2 2 Microwave Frequency Surveys Rotating radars and other scanning sources present additional monitoring requirements You may wish to make time aver aged measurements of scanning sources Some surveyors choose not to time average these sources if there are no pro visions to disable the emissions should the motor or scanning software fail In this instance the scanning should be disabled when performing the measurements Also consider the diagram Field Strengths in Front of an Antenna in Figure 2 Being closer to the antenna may not result in higher readings due to the radiation pattern Make sure you are in the beamwidth for measurable levels 3 Radio Frequency Surveys 50 to 300 MHz When surveying in this frequency range readings may be affected by the distance between your body and the survey equipment The NBM series allows the probe to be connect ed directly to the meter to effectively eliminate cable pickup issues Readings can be further enhanced by using either meter s fiber optic outputs to remove the surveyor from the field also Additionally the NBM 520 with a probe can be co
181. erforming a survey of a site with a flat frequency response probe that has both of the above frequency ranges and your survey indicated 137 V m or 50 W m it would be Probe Selection Guide difficult to determine if the site was out of compliance with out turning one of the emitters off Again given the example above the site could be generating anywhere from 596 to 50096 of the human exposure limit There are many sites with multiple emissions rooftops flight lines broadcast towers that have emitters at different exposure limits If your interest is general safety measurements to know if you comply with an exposure limit or not you will find shaped probes easy to use in any environment The display of total field strength with shaped probes is not in terms of V m or W m7 it is 96 of Std So at a multiple emitter site a result of 15 is simple to understand The total detected field strength of each emitter to its limit at its frequency has added up to 1596 An additional use of these probes is for Military clas sified environments since you no longer have the need to know the frequency when using a shaped probe Frequency Range 100 kHz 3 GHz 100 kHz 6 GHz 100 kHz 6 GHz Type of Field EF 0392 EF 0391 Probe Model EF 0691 3 MHz 18 GHz 300 MHz 50 GHz 100 MHz 60 GHz 300 kHz 30 MHz 300 kHz 50 GHz HF 3061 HF 0191 EF 1891 EF5
182. es Both electric and magnetic field probes are directly con nected to the meter and can be remotely read out ona computer via optional fiber optic cables Or users can connect the probes directly to the NBM 520 and use fiber optic isolation between the NBM 520 and the NBM 550 which allows remote readings without a computer Both approaches produce repeatable readings devoid of human body perturbance or exposure For Detailed information Refer to Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement Selection Guide 16 NBM Series Probe Selection Guide Shaped Frequency Response Probes eee 72 Su e 108 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Definitions and Glossary LN Definitions and Glossary of Terms action level The values of the electric and magnetic field strength the incident power density contact and induced current and contact voltages above which steps should be initiated to protect against exposures that exceed the upper tier specifically implementation of an RF safety program amplitude The maximum value of the electric field Eo or of the magnetic field Ho For waves travelling in free space E and H are mutually orthogonal and are in phase i e maxima and minima occur at the same point in time and space The units of E are volts meter and for H
183. esholds Alarm 1 Default Setting Range of Adjustment Alarm 2 Default Setting Range of Adjustment Alarm Indications CW Overload Peak Overload Battery Type Approximate Life Display Type Display Size Backlight Display Refresh Rate Displayed Items on LCD NS3 Option Key Memory Storage Rate Storage Time Remote Operation USB Optical Interface Recommended Calibration Intervals Temperature Range Humidity Size Weight including battery Accessories Included 2271 101 FCC 100 kHz to 50 GHz 2271 111 IEEE 2271 121 SC6 3 MHz to 50 GHz 100 kHz to 50 GHz Electric Field V2 m Radial field Diode Dipole and Thermocouple Array 34 5 3 0 dB 100 kHz to 30 GHz 2 5 6 0 dB 30 to 50 GHz 2 5 6 0 dB 50 to 100 GHz Typical 5 to 200 of Standard or Guidance 6 kV m Standard is two alarms May be programmed through NS3 TS for one alarm 2271 131 ICNIRP 100 kHz to 50 GHz 50 of Standard or Guidance 10 to 100 in 5 increments and OFF 200 of Standard or Guidance 20 to 200 in 5 increments Visual LCD and LED with Audible and or Vibrate 3000 of Standard or Guidance 32 dB above Standard or Guidance RCR123A Lithium Re chargeable 25 hours TFT Transmissive 1 77 inches 28 x 35 mm 128 x 160 pixels White LED s 250 msec All units display Model Information Self Test Results Calibration Date and real time readings during operation Allows access to stored data from NS3 TS
184. ess otherwise noted specifications apply at reference condition device in the far field of source ambient temperature 23 3 C relative humidity b Pulse Length 1 usec duty cycle 1 100 1 1000 for EF5091 and EF 5092 25 7900 sihUSO aH signal c PM A Probes Model Numbers beginning with EF or HF are flat frequency response and Frequency Sensitivity can be compensated for by the use of correction fact tored iri th bes employ diode sensors except EF 5091 and EF 5092 which employ thermocouple actors stored in e probes memory l sensors i Accuracy of the fields generated to calibrate the probes is 1 dB Probe Model Numbers Uncertainty due to varying polarization verified by type approval test for meter with probe Ellipse ratio included and calibrated for each probe E EF 0391 EF 0392 EF 0691 EF 1891 f Frequencies above 30 MHz EF 5091 EF 5092 EF 6091 and HF 0191 1o SS L 12 5 318 mm 70 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM Series Probes Specifications Isotropic cw Peak Calibration Thermal Humidity Weight Response Overload Overload gt Frequencies Response 9 1dBforf gt 1MHz 170mW cm 17W cm 300 500 750 1000 1800 2450 2700 402 1 dB A eee Ba oz 3000 MHz es gms 0 1 0 2 0 3 1
185. est which measures only the highest level found within the span and Spectrum which includes marker functions The spectrum analysis feature means that the EHP 50D can be used to measure only the field contribution from the se lected source such as a high voltage line excluding other nearby interfering frequencies Everything is contained in the small approx 1 dm cubic EHP 50D housing three magnet ic coils and three plate capacitors orthogonally positioned for sensing the fields a multi channel analog to digital con verter followed by a powerful DSP digital signal processor for analyzing the signal the CPU module that controls all the functions an E2PROM that stores the calibration data and the frequency and level calibration tables an optical interface to allow easy connection to external displays via optical fiber link a high capacity data logger for stand alone continuous acquisition and the control panel with the connections and the ON OFF switch APPLICATION FOCUS SIMULTANEOUS THREE AXIS MEASUREMENT The EHP product family is a unique solution providing both E and H field measurement including spectrum analysis in a single small size casing Thanks to its multi channel A D converter the EHP 50D additionally provides simultaneous three axis acquisition for unsurpassed performance even in the most complex applications Specialists in the low fre quency field who were mainly performing measurements to assess the expo
186. ests itself in two principal Ways 1 The presence of intense electric or magnetic fields imme diately adjacent to conductive objects that are immersed in narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 111 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Definitions and Glossary lower intensity ambient fields often referred to as re radia tion and 2 Localized areas not necessarily immediately close to conductive objects in which there is a concentration of radio frequency fields caused by reflections and or narrow beams produced by high gain radiating antennas or other highly di rectional sources In both cases the fields are characterized by very rapid chang es in field strength with distance RF hot spots are normally associated with very nonuniform exposure of the body par tial body exposure This is not to be confused with an actual thermal hot spot within the absorbing body rf safety program An organized system of policies pro cedures practices and plans designed to protect against hazards associated with RF fields contact voltage and con tact and induced currents Radio frequency safety programs shall be documented in writing root mean square RMS The effective value or the value associated with joule heating of a periodic electromagnetic wave The RMS value is obtained by taking the square root of the mea
187. evious Survey Results if available B SITE CHARACTERISTICS A drawing of the site characteristics is important to determine a plan of action that will minimize your potential exposure al low you to perform the best survey with a minimum of site interruption and will be used in your final report Visiting the site before the date of the survey is very important and preferable to viewing a picture or drawing However pic tures and or drawings are helpful in explaining your reasons for choosing particular measurement positions and results Items to consider in your site drawing should include NO UT e a 1 Structures such as buildings fences towers etc 2 Areas Normally Occupied by People work areas walkways etc 3 Barriers Interlocks Signs and Visual or Audible Alarms 4 External Areas such as parking lots residential areas or any other uncontrolled areas that may receive lower but measurable emissions 5 Topographical Information such as contour height from surveys For directional emitters like parabolic antennas it is necessary to obtain beam elevation angles This information is used to plot worst case results if there are no mechanical means to stop the beam from illuminating people in the area C PRE SURVEY CALCULATIONS Antennas come in various shapes and sizes but they all op erate in the same way They receive electromagnetic energy froma transmitter through coaxial or waveguide transmission line An
188. f 0 4 W kg to conservatively limit exposures to 1 10th of these levels to account for biological uncertainty and to add an additional safety factor The rate of energy absorption is not constant over varying frequencies and wavelengths Upper limit of the SAR for human beings of all ages and body mass AVERAGE SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE W Kg Power Density 1mW cm 10 FREQUENCY MHz SAR vs Frequency An example of this is the whole body human resonance region where the human body is close in size to the wavelength You can approximate your own resonant frequency ungrounded by using 114 divided by your height in meters For a person who is 5 9 the frequency would be 5 9 69 x 0 0254 1 75 meters 114 divided by 1 75 65 1 MHz divide in half for grounded resonance O A 0 86 lt h lt 0 400 Human Resonance Region Non lonizing Radiation If you were to input the height of a newborn child and that of a very tall adult person and factor in whether they are grounded you would begin to see where the highest ab sorption takes place for a general population as a function of frequency only For example the human resonance region according to IEEE C95 1 2005 is from 30 MHz to 300 MHz 3 SHAPE ORIENTATION AND POLARIZATION Absorption varies with the shape and orientation of the body in the field A human standing in the vicinity of a vertically polarized field absorbs much
189. factors cannot be universally employed They can be used when there is only one emitter being surveyed when there are multiple emitters operating at the same frequency encountered when measuring in dustrial equipment and when there are multiple emitters operating at frequencies close to each other in the spectrum assuming the nearest calibration frequencies have similar correction factors When the frequencies of the emitters are diverse however there is no way to determine the distribution of energy from the various emitters So a correction factor should not be used because it could compound the error Ellipse ratio is the ratio of readings that occur when the probe is rotated around the axis of its handle and is typically 0 75 dB Narda probes are calibrated in this manner by rotating the probe about its axis and using the mean value for the correction factor The correction factors are included on the handle of the probe Calibration uncertainty adds another 0 5 dB and the meter itself varies no more than 3 Isotropic response is the error that occurs when the probe is pointed in different directions and includes the ellipse ratio and some additional uncer tainties The isotropic response is generally no greater than the ellipse ratio as long as the probe is pointed toward the source A good rule of thumb is that the total uncertainty is no greater than 3 dB without the use of factors the worst case With a shaped prob
190. fic elements of the guidelines That is not surprising considering the difficulty that today s multi emitter transmission sites present to accurate RF emissions measurements Multiple emitters dramatically complicate the measurement process and it is quite easy to make measurements that appear accurate but are in fact quite the opposite However the shaped response probe when used with an accurate RF radiation measuring instru ment provides true RMS detection and allows the operator to quickly determine compliance with FCC radiation exposure standards A Complex Situation The human body is a thermal entity that responds propor tionally to RMS energy levels The major human exposure standards used throughout the world such as IEEE C95 1 2005 and National Council on Radiation Protection NCRP Report 86 are based on controlling the RMS level of exposure an individual receives This level is averaged over the whole body during a period of time typically six minutes The FCC originally planned to adopt the IEEE standard but essentially adopted the NCRP standard instead The instruments used to make these measurements increas ingly rely on digital circuitry relegating the RF analog portion of the measurement only to the probe Both in appearance and ease of use these instruments are a vast improvement over their analog predecessors However it is easy to assume that because they display values in digits rather than with an anal
191. fundamental task required by each one FMECA builds on FMEA by focusing on the level of critical ity severity and probability of occurrence that is assigned to each probable failure mode The goal of using FMECA is to reduce or eliminate failure modes with high severity and probability It lets an organiza tion identify the areas of an industrial or wireless facility that have the greatest potential for overexposure to EM energy Equally important FMECA allows the places where remedial actions will provide the greatest benefit A FMECA analysis can be recorded on a simple paper form in an Excel spread sheet or with commercial software designed specifically for the purpose The level of detail in a FMECA analysis depends on the complexity of the system being analyzed and in some cases can be very complex Fortunately this is rarely the case when used in creating an RF safety program To perform an analysis using FMECA values for Detectability D Severity S and Occurrence O are calculated on a 10 point scale of increasing importance and an RPN is obtained by multiplying them The first question many people ask is how these values are obtained since on first inspection the process may seem completely arbitrary In truth the process is to some degree arbitrary However the more that is known about a particular emitter and the modes that can potentially allow itto cause harm the less arbitrary the process becomes Armed with the fa
192. g To ensure compliance with current standards as well as to provide employees with a safe working environment sev eral steps must be taken None of these steps is necessarily expensive or requires large amounts of time However all require a consistent long term commitment to something called an RF Radiation Safety Program These programs are more important than ever because IEEE C95 1 2005 is much more restrictive than earlier standards and essen tially makes a high percentage of RF heat sealers now in service dangerous and obsolete see Putting the Heat On Sealers page 150 d The Elemente of an RF Protection Program An RF Radiation Safety Protection Program serves several pur poses First it establishes the company as being concerned about the health and safety of its employees While it does not eliminate liability a well administered well documented pro gram goes a long way toward creating a safe environment for employees potentially reducing liability in case of litigation and appeasing OSHA and state and local government agencies However it is important to note that a poorly planned slop pily administered program may be as bad as having none at all or sometimes worse since it produces a tale of indif ference OSHA inspectors and lawyers may know just what questions to ask in order to determine the efficacy of any RF Radiation Safety Program Simply constructing a program producing documenta tion and then ig
193. gged plastic housing and is available with a strong silicon rubber skin for additional shock protection Sensors Initial sensors available cover the most common international exposure limits We offer sensors to follow the RF micro wave frequency limits promoted by the US FCC IEEE C95 1 Canada s Safety Code 6 and ICNIRP Many users around the world will find that one of these limits meets their local requirements for RF and microwave exposures Future cover age will include lower frequency ranges and flat frequency response sensor modules to perform alternate tasks using the same Nardalert S3 Mainframe Model Selection Guide Nardalert S3 STANDARD GUIDANCE and Sensor System Sensor Alone ACGIH 2271 111 2271 11 ARPANSA RP3 2271 131 2271 31 Brazil ANATEL 303 2271 131 2271 31 eaten Safety Code 6 2271 121 2271 21 FCC 2271 101 2271 01 ICNIRP 2271 131 2271 31 IEEE C95 1 2271 111 2271 11 Japan RCR 38 2271 101 2271 01 Requires Nardalert S3 Mainframe P N 2270 01 to form operable set Standard and Optioned Models The Nardalert S3 can be supplied in one of two different capabilities Standard units provide all of the basic perfor mance necessary for normal operations Alarm levels are factory set at 5096 and 20096 of Reference levels and basic screens provide all the information the user needs Advanced users and applications should consider the additional capa bilities of the NS3 Option Key By entering a software cod
194. gion although these values decrease rapidly over distance The risk of exposure to potentially harmful low frequency fields may be present elsewhere e g offices near large machinery homes close to a high voltage power line etc As several studies around the world have confirmed the potential risks from irradiation with strong low frequency electric or magnetic fields electrosmog and its possible consequences are under close consideration by IEC CENELEC ICNIRP and many other national organisations New standards are being prepared and all reasonable protec tion measures are being taken to preserve the health of workers and citizens all over the world 36 narda Safety Test Solutions an 5B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN EHP 50D Electric Field and Magnetic Flux Density Analyzer EHP 50D ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC ISOTROPIC FIELD ANALYZER The EHP 50D is not simply an upgrade of the EHP 50C but represents a real leap in technology made possible by the availability of even more sophisticated components that can provide high level performance while keeping the physical dimensions and intrinsic noise level small The EHP 50D gives users the choice of three measurement modes Wideband which measures the contribution of all the frequency components in the selected frequency span High
195. gth result type Act or Max 2 kHz audible signal 4 Hz repetition adjustable threshold Start time pre selection up to 24 hours or immediately Logging duration up to 100 hours Logging interval 1 second to 6 minutes in 11 steps Physical Memory Storing Capacity 12 MB non volatile flash memory for measurement results and voice comments Up to 5000 results including test parameters time stamp and GPS data when available Remote Control USB Optical Interface Earphone External Trigger to store results External GPS Receiver Probe Interface Via USB or optical RS 232 interface selectable Serial full duplex 460 kBaud virtual COM port multi pin connector Serial full duplex 115 kBaud no parity 1 start and 1 stop bit 3 5 mm TRS 16 ohms mono for voice recorder option only Uses the multi pin connector Interface cable with BNC connector available as an option triggers when contacts shorted Uses the multi pin connector GPS receiver with interface cable is available as an option Plug and play auto detection compatible with all NBM series probes 98 mm K 3 9 11 4 290 mm 62 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement Environmental Specifications NBM 550 Broadband Field Meter
196. h a 100 cm cross sectional area making it suitable for standards compliant measurement even in inhomoge neous fields The ELT 400 has a rugged housing and is easy to operate using only six buttons The instrument settings and mea surement results are clearly displayed on a backlit LCD display An optional probe extension cable is especially designed for low influence on the frequency response and sensitivity of the instrument This cable is a good choice in cases where the probe and instrument must be handled separately The ELT 400 is available with different operating mode combina tions e g Exposure STD or Field Strength See Ordering Information section for details Exposure Std Shaped Time Domain Mode SIGNAL SHAPE INDEPENDENT FIELD EVALUATION In EXPOSURE STD mode the level of the magnetic B field is directly displayed as a Percent of Standard regardless of the signal shape and frequency The numeric result clearly re flects the current situation and the remaining safety margin The implemented method can be compared to sound level meters that are commonly used to determine noise in the workplace A standard s variation with frequency is normalized through an appropriate filter Knowledge about the frequency or the frequency dependent limits is no longer needed The stan dard is easily selected with a single keypress Signals with one or more frequencies are no problem Newer safety standards and guidelines a
197. hazardous exposure to non ionizing radiation exposure that could be at near or above recognized safety standards Industrial uses outside the electronics industry and the mili tary continue to grow Seminars and Courses DESCRIPTION LENGTH LOCATION Non lonizing Radiation 3 davs East or West Coast Survey Training page 9 y Locations RF CIE Corporis 1 2 3 days U S and Canada Training Programs page 10 Training Videos DESCRIPTION EME Awareness for Antenna Site Safety page 14 LENGTH 20 min RF Radiation Safety Training Public Three Day Courses Custom Corporate Training Programs Training Videos RF heat sealers and welders induction heaters microwave dryers and semiconductor processing equipment join com munications and radar systems in their use of high power electromagnetic sources We must manage these sources with knowledge and responsibility Narda is continuously creating and refining instruments to gather the significant data essential for environmental and occupational safety With accuracy as a benchmark and sen sitive to corporate liability issues Narda has developed a comprehensive approach to non ionizing radiation safety in the workplace The training courses and videos described on the following pages can help you develop a safety program FOCUS Evaluation effects and standards Emphasis on surveys of all types of emitters From awareness to in depth training programs FOCUS R
198. he low frequency region 0 1 1000 MHz is monitored by a surface charge sen sor responsive to radial E fields The radial E field at short distance from the radiator predominates to a distance of 1 6 of a wavelength or has a magnitude of the same order as the tangential field The surface charge sensor also responds to horizontal polarized fields when the sensor is oriented at right angles to the Poynting vector Front to Back Nardalert S3 hooked up to a personal laptop Instruction Manual and NBM TS Software and Soft Carrying Case 143 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Electromagnetic Radiation Monitor LOSSY MATERIAL DISSIMILAR RESISTIVE METALLIC FILMS SILVER COLD JUNCTION The surface charge sensor functions when the electric field is perpendicular to the surface of the sensor This produces a time varying charge on the parallel surfaces of the sen sor with a resultant current which correlates with the rate of change of the electric field in the dielectric between the con ductive surfaces of the sensor In the 10 MHz to 1000 MHz region the vertically oriented dipole will respond to vertically polarized fields The dipole and the surface charge sensor have filter networks or shaping circuits positioned between their outputs and their detector diodes These circuits alter the frequency response to cor
199. i directional to measure the energy from all directions Anisotropic or directional probes are used primarily for leakage measurements such as with microwave ovens see page 107 Isotropic probes such as Narda s NIM and NBM Series products employ three mutu ally perpendicular sensors to provide isotropic response This configuration results in accurate field measurements inde pendent of the position of the probe or polarization of the incident field DETECTION AND UNITS OF MEASURE All electric field probes detect either the vector electric field measured in V m or the mean square of the electric field measured in V m All magnetic field probes in the RF mi crowave frequency range detect either the vector magnetic field measured in A m or the mean square of the magnetic field measured in A m The unit that is displayed is often dif ferent from what is actually detected For example although no probe actually measures power density standards may use equivalent power density The equivalent power density units of mW cm and W m are entirely valid in the far field These units are also useful in the near field for quickly compar ing the relative strength of the electric field to the magnetic field since the same unit is used for both fields even though a far field relationship is assumed Narda 8500 and NBM Series probes detect the square of the electric field or the square of the magnetic field SENSOR TYPE Electric field p
200. iber optic cable 2m manual certificate of calibration transit case NOTE Narda strongly recommends that an optional check source be used to verify operation of the NBM Series Any device capable of gen erating an upscale indication at microwave frequencies is acceptable narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us 67 Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM 520 Broadband Field Meter Ordering Information NBM 520 Part Number NBM 520 Narda Broadband Field Meter System Includes NBM 520 Basic Unit 2403 01B Transit Case Holds Meter and up to 2 Probes 2400 90 07 Power Supply Charger 100 to 240 VAC Input 9VDC Output 2259 92 06 2 NiMH AA Rechargeable Batteries Shoulder Strap 1m 2244 90 49 Cable Fiber Optic Duplex 1000 um RP 02 2m 2260 91 02 2400 102B Fiber Optic to USB Converter RP 02 USB 2260 90 07 Software NBM TS PC Transfer Software 2400 93 01 Operating Manual NBM 520 Certificate of Calibration Probes are NOT included Probe EF 0391 E Field 100 kHz 3 GHz Isotropic 2402 01B Probe EF 0392 E Field 100 kHz 3 GHz Isotropic 2402 12B Probe EF 0691 E Field 100 kHz 6 GHz Isotropic 2402 14B Probe EF 1891 E Field 3 MHz 18 GHz Isotropic 2402 02B Probe EF 5091 E Field Thermocouple 300 MHz 50 GHz Isotropic 2402 03B Probe EF 5092 E Fi
201. ience forces as high as 50N NOTE the touch screen of the PDA will cease to function The power of the PDA must be cycled to restore full opertion Warranty Recommended Calibration Interval Certification Maintenance Accessories included 2 years the PDA is limited to 1 year and the batteries to 3 months 18 months 3 Axis Hall Probe only CE approved Firmware upgradeable by end user See ordering information Size Instrument Electronics 76x22 5 x14 mm Probe with Cap 113x 16x 10 mm Size of Field Sensitive Area THM1176 HF 150 um x 150 um x 10 um THM1176 LF 6 mm x 3 4 mm x 10 mm Weight 150g narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 21 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement THM1176 3 Axis Hall Magnetometer Ordering Information PDA VERSIONS ORDERING NUMBER THM1176 HF PDA Magnetometer High Field PDA included Includes 3 Axis High Field Hall Probe with 3 meter cable Industrial quality PDA pre installed software ready to use Heavy duty Li lon battery 2600 mAh plus spare 1200 mAh AC adapter charger 100 240 VAC 50 60 Hz with wall socket adapter plugs for Europe UK USA Australia 2901 101 USB Host adapter cable to connect PDA to THM1176 USB Device adapter cable to connect PDA to PC CD with acquisition software for PC Windows XP Vista Win
202. ies It provides the indus trial plant manager and safety professional with an accurate and inexpensive solution for proving compliance with regulations that cover exposure to RF radiation Both models provide a complete measurement system comprised of an extremely easy to operate meter and a probe that contains sensors to measure both the electric E and magnetic H field components of an electro magnetic wave narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 73 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NIM Series Industrial Field Meters Operation The NIM 511 and the NIM 513 were designed to make mea surements a simple process that does not allow the most common mistakes to happen NO CHANGING PROBES TO MEASURE THE ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDS the probe contains two sets of sensors that separately measure each field Simply press the E H Field key combination to change the field that you are measuring NO RANGE CHANGES the meter automatically displays a nu meric value over the probe s entire measurement range NO CONFUSING SCALES simply read the digital display in cluding the unit of measure NO DIFFICULT ZEROING Auto Zero is executed repetitively every 15 minutes NO FORGETTING THAT YOU ARE IN THE MAXIMUM HOLD MODE the meter clearly displays the word Max when you are in the m
203. ignal environments where the oper ating frequencies have different exposure limits are most easily measured with Narda s patented shaped frequency response probes Refer to the application note that begins on page 139 Microwave ovens should be measured with aniso tropic or directional sensors or probes Narrowband vs Broadband Measurements Narda offers both narrowband SRM and broadband NBM survey systems Generally broadband survey equipment is a good choice for indoor measurements where you know frequencies being emitted while the SRM 3006 is a more powerful solution for outdoor measurements at rooftop and 107 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Product Selection tower sites where unknown emitters may be present Another consideration is what type of levels are expected Broadband survey equipment measures down to 1 V m while the nar rowband SRM can measure down to 25 mV m The SRM 3006 can also decode UMTS signals for wireless company applica tions and it s present maximum frequency is 3 GHz Users looking to measure Radar and higher frequency satellite up links will be better served by the NBM s top frequency of 50 or 60 GHz Electric Field versus Magnetic Field Measurement In the far field the electric and magnetic fields are at right angles to each other and to the direction of propagation and their magnitudes have a specific r
204. ilure scenarios for the identified intentional and unintentional emitters it is relatively easy to apply a val ue to for Detectability Severity and Occurrence with a high degree of confidence Table 3 includes some suggested mul tipliers that can be used to calculate RPN A waveguide system operating at 10 GHz with 50 Watts of power is a good example At this power level a leak can be felt so Detectability could arguably be 5 a middle value that does not reflect other factors such as pressurization or the lack of it In addition Severity would be 10 because 50 Watts is enough power to potentially overexpose someone close by Occurrence could be assigned a value of 5 if the wave guide is of the flexible type and mounted outside where it is exposed to the elements and potential tampering or uninten tional damage However if the waveguide is unpressurized there is an in herently greater level of risk because a leak in a pressurized system will be detected by the system s sensors and will send an alert to someone who can provide a remedy assuming the system is correctly designed An unpressurized system can leak for a long time without being noticed since there is no inherent method of detection Consequently a Detectability value higher than 5 would be assigned to an unpressurized system and a lower value to a pressurized system since it in herently provides a level of control Reducing the RPN that results from assignment of
205. intenance Replacement Parts Batteries nstrument Cases Batteries for Narda Meters SRM SMARTS Nardalert Instrument cox Part Model Numbers Description Model Number DET E NEDA IEC Nardalert S3 Circuit 3 6 V Lithium lon 70881000 Nardalert Circuit 12 0 V Alkaline 88021000 1811A Note a LED 1 5 V Alkaline 88022000 135SO SR41 SMARTS Circuit 9 0 V Lithium 88020000 1604LC Fail Safe 3 0V Lithium 88025000 E Note d SRM see page 103 7 4 V Lithium lon 3001 90 15 8110B 15 V 15 V NiCad 88010000 82115 f 8611 gt f 6 0 V Alkaline 88012000 1410M 4MR52 8217 8512 8520 8711 9 0 V Alkaline 88017000 1604A 6LR61 8616 12 5 V 12 5 V NiCad 88011000 8699 6 0 V Carbon 88016000 908AC 87165 87195 8850 NM Rs 8870 8 4 V NiCad 88018000 8718 8718B 8 4 V NiCad 21760000 8745 8746 8747 8748 15 0 V NiCad 88024000 Note g NOTES a Duracell MN21 Eveready A23 Ronson VR22 and GP23A Dispose of properly See details of Narda s Rechargeable Battery b Requires two batteries Management Program below 99V Alkaline can be substituted but must be replaced more often Duracell PC164A d Renata 320A 9 Motorola NLN 4462B Instrument Cases Rechargeable Battery Management Program Meter Model Nara Pare NGImBeL Certain models of Narda RF Safety Equipment contain a re chargeable nickel cadmium battery which must be recycled 8110B 32542705 8511 8513 USERS or disposed of in compliance with applicabl
206. ions detailed knowledge of the field test equipment and other auxiliary conditions are necessary to obtain insight into the degree of exposure when using tra ditional measurement equipment Standardized evaluation entails complicated analysis However the new and innova tive Shaped Time Domain technique simplifies the process b 24 23 The frequency dependency of standards is automatically incorporated when using shaped frequency response mea surements Suitable detectors are provided for measuring the RMS and peak values The analysis takes into account the phase of the individual components The B or E field is measured over the entire frequency range up to 32 kHz in real time and displayed as a Percent of Standard STD analysis is not limited to specific signal shapes Signals with one or more frequencies and pulsed signals are no problem Pulsed signal measurements are possible since the time domain limits e g those specified for selected pulsed signals can be directly converted into frequency domain lim its Proper evaluation in a personal safety context is achieved quickly and reliably using the STD technique To evaluate the field six limit curves standards are stored in the device A simple download procedure can be used to update the instrument to cover new standards Spectrum FFT Mode Optional Spectrum analysis considerably simplifies the process of quickly evaluating multi frequency signals up to
207. is 300 MHz to 50 GHz However these probes have a virtually flat frequency response from 700 MHz to 100 GHz Narda has long theo rized that the useful frequency range was far above the 40 GHz rating of the earlier models but lacked the testing capa bility to confirm the calculations 152 Verification A U S Department of Defense DoD funded calibration effort undertaken several years ago indicated that these probes were usable at 94 GHz Questions concerning the accuracy of the method used still left some doubts A DoD funded program in 1994 verified accuracy from 40 GHz to 46 GHz to answer questions concerning measurements of MILSTAR systems The probes proved to be flat 0 25 dB in this region Narda has now acquired a high power source to calibrate at 45 5 GHz the upper end of the lower MILSTAR band and has increased the frequency range of sev eral probe models to 60 GHz The United States Air Force and Narda combined efforts to check the frequency response of several Narda probes and monitors at 94 GHz in late 1994 The results were pub lished in a USAF sponsored RF Radiation and Ultra Wide Band Measurements Symposium in February 1995 A major U S de fense contractor verified the results of this test program using their own facilities in 1996 This 94 GHz measurement program was undertaken at the Air Force s Armstrong Laboratory located on Brooks AFB in San Antonio Texas the USAF s center for non ionizing ra diation
208. isotropic result Sequential measurements using single axis antennas with subsequent computation of the isotropic result are supported Both results are directly displayed as a spectrum curve or as numerical values In of the standard for the following human safety standards ICNIRP IEEE FCC BGV B11 BImSchV Safety Code 6 Updating for new human safety standards can be made using the PC configuration software SRM tools included in delivery Definition and editing of service tables in the PC configuration software SRM Tools or SRM TS i e lists of frequency bands upper and lower limit frequency name for defined frequency band Storage of service tables in the basic unit Use of the service tables for automatic correlation of measurement results with defined services based on frequency marker functions peak table evaluation function Safety Evaluation mode Complete device configurations can be saved in the basic unit SPE up and downloadable using SRM Tools or SRM TS Software Result stored as SPECTRUM in Spectrum Analysis mode SPEC Mons TABLE in Safety Evaluation mode SAFETY VALUES for Level Recorder LEVEL and Scope SCOPE Memory Capacity 128 MB Hold Freezes the display the measurement continues in the background narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 49 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Elec
209. ist classified narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us 137 AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program FORM B continued 4 Emitters Please fill in a line for each source of RF energy with greater than 5 watts of output power Attach additional forms if required Frequency Range Power Range Check all that apply Emitters MHz 5 Do you know if you have any other systems that may generate electromagnetic fields or if you have any devices you are unsure of please list them below 138 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN Measuring RF Levels at Multisignal Sites The FCC s rules concerning acceptable levels of RF emissions require new measurement techniques and RMS detection to ensure compliance in complex multitransmitter signal environments Anguish is a familiar response to FCC rulings and industry concerns were in ample supply when the FCC issued its guide lines for human exposure to RF emissions back on Aug 1 1996 The release was first greeted with silence and then with a cacophony of comments ranging from general acceptance to disagreement with speci
210. l which is a great advan tage in some complicated environments Custom signs are widely available from vendors on the Web that can include site specific safety procedures in multiple languages These specialized signs can significantly improve an RF safety pro gram with clear consistent messages Common practice on a rooftop with RF emitters is to place a NOTICE sign at the entrance s to the roof and CAUTION sign s where needed to educate the user as to what areas of the roof should not be entered If this practice was undertaken and updated on every rooftop containing RF emitters everyone would have the knowledge required to avoid overexposure However this is generally not the case when multiple wireless licensees occupy a rooftop since someone would have to take the responsibility of pro viding the signs on behalf of all parties Consequently many wireless carriers require their employees and contract work ers to wear personal RF monitors since they have no idea how well signs on a rooftop depict the actual situation and they have no control over or knowledge of the rationale for their placement A wearable RF monitor s purpose is to imme diately alert the wearer when he or she approaches an area in which high levels of EM energy are present An RF area moni tor is mounted near a probable leakage source continuously monitors for excess leakage and alerts via remote control if conditions change or an event occurs When i
211. l uncertainties absolute linearity frequency response and isotropy as well as temperature and humidity related deviations Signal sinusoidal level gt 10 of selected measurement range additional uncertainties apply with the steep frequency band limits Stored standards can be updated by software e g ICNIRP occupational general public BGV B11 Exp 2 h d Exp 1 Exp 2 VDE 0848 draft d Dependent on selected standard Limited by selected frequency range narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 33 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EFA 300 Field Analyzer General Specifications B FIELD UNIT E FIELD MODULE Display LCD Dot Matrix 128x64 Pixel with Backlight Via B Field Unit Alarm Adjustable Threshold Acoustical Optical Via B Field Unit Current Documentation Input of Prevailing and Reference Current Value N A Specific Modes Only Storage with Measurement Value of Field Interface Remote Control Data Memory Optical Serial RS 232 Operating Temperature Range 0 C to 50 C Humidity lt 95 or lt 29 g m Occasional Brief Condensation Tolerable Continuous 10 Hours Operating Measurement Interval typical ypica Programmed 24 Hours Sequence Time Calibration Interval recommended 24 Months Battery NiMH Batteries 5x C cell exchangeable NiMH Batteries built in enO SU
212. lations as a guide identify the areas and equipment that carry potential hazards Once identified you must make measurements to establish the boundaries of Occupational Controlled and General Population Uncontrolled areas In an Occupational environment informed workers understand and follow well defined safety procedures Consequently restricted areas are smaller Your sites can be classified Controlled when you have developed and implemented a comprehensive safety program Possibly The FCC only requires measurements for certain antenna installations but definitive field strength data for each site may be needed to establish boundaries for employees and to supply local governments 6 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF Safety Training LN STOP DO NOT ENTER AUTHORIZED ENTRY ONLY GO UNLIMITED ACCESS FOR EVERYONE Problem What kinds of equipment will you need to make these measurements How will you continue to keep your employees safe between measurements How are you going to protect your employees from other emitters that could be co located at your sites Training is a key element of all safety programs Where can you get it Solution To measure RFR emissions at today s complex sites you will need survey instruments usually a meter and one or more pr
213. light so selectively turning off emitters becomes less of an option In addition today s competitive commu nications marketplace makes complete emitter shutdowns intolerable at any time The second solution involves making measurements with narrowband equipment like Narda s SRM 3006 sys tem Used by government agencies to correctly detect strengths of individual signals the SRM 3006 allows fast portable and accurate measurements The SRM can per form spatially averaged measurements in accordance with FCC requirements a first for narrowband systems Shaped Probes Theintroduction of shaped frequency response probes reduc es the chance for error in making RF radiation measurements in multisignal environments and simplifies the measurement procedure All probes are defined by whether they measure the elec tric or magnetic field their frequency range their power measurement rating and whether their frequency response curve is flat or shaped A shaped probe is a sensor with a frequency response curve that is shaped to mimic the re quirements of a major standard such as IEEE C95 1 2005 or ICNIRP In contrast a conventional probe is designed to have a flat frequency response throughout a broad oper ating range to ensure that its response is the same at all frequencies In the shaped probe shown in Photo 1 the energy of all the signals is weighted in accordance with the require ments of the standard and the results are displ
214. lso specify waveform specific evaluation procedures For example stationary sinusoidal and pulsed fields are differentiated With the ELT 400 the waveform is automatically taken into account The user no longer needs any knowledge about the waveform or the duty cycle Pulse signal measurements are also possible Different evaluation patterns are occasionally specified in the standard for some selected pulse waveforms These patterns valid for all imag inable waveforms are directly handled by EXPOSURE STD mode This completely eliminates the need to analyze the waveform in the time domain using a scope Even when faced with pulses that include DC fields the EXPOSURE STD method provides valuable results The ELT 400 covers all the relevant signal components down to 1 Hz so that correct assessments can be made Occasionally both the RMS value and the peak value are criti cal for assessing exposure in the low frequency range Both detector types are provided and are simultaneously activated in the default setting Depending on the incoming signal and standard selected the most suitable detector is automatically employed at all times The necessary weighting factors are also taken into account The detectors may also be selected independently for further interpretation of the signal Detailed knowledge of the field the test equipment and other auxiliary conditions are necessary for insight into the de gree of exposure when using tradition
215. ly be imported into other software applications such as spreadsheets or word processors Following the so called precautionary principle many coun tries have adopted their own reference limits Besides having the ICNIRP limits already included EHP TS also allows the user to create and save customized limits that may reflect lo cal regulations as well as user specific requirements All the values of the selected limit are always included for reference in any bmp or txt file saved The availability of lightweight devices equipped with the Windows operating system such as UMPC and similar devices makes EHP TS software the ide al solution for performing accurate in field spectrum analysis with the minimum of effort using lightweight equipment Earlier versions of the EHP50 analyzer EHP 50 EHP 50A EHP 50B must be hardware updated to EHP 50C to operate in conjunction with EHP TS control software For information contact your Narda distributor m a Mode m 4 bins Vea Fed ges Pesk mor l 0044 T EHP50 TS Rel 1 32 07 08 2009 USB prom inge Ome Ome Em The limit value can be shown at the Marker frequency The Data tab shows numerical results and includes Marker controls and Save buttons EP50 TS Rel 1 32 07 08 2009 USA m a v VA T Due eure ane Da Let rsa a CC CC vases mv Y oms The spectrum can be shown as a percentage of the selected limit
216. mat with graphical display of the history for the last 1 to 60 minutes Value Total of selected scrambling codes Value and Max Value shown in enlarged numerical format Graph Noise Suppression Total of selected scrambling codes Graphical display of the history for the last 1 to 60 minutes Identifies whether measured values are above the device noise floor by setting a threshold selectable at 0 3 6 10 15 or 20 dB relative to device noise floor Measurement values below the threshold are shown as the absolute threshold value marked with less than threshold narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 53 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Measurement Principle Filter Type Time Span Time Resolution Resolution Bandwidth RBW 6 dB Measurement Range Setting MR Range Video Bandwidth VBW Result Type Depends on Detector Selective level measurement at a fixed frequency Steep cutoff channel filter 500 ns to 24h Selectable from 31 25 ns up to 90 minutes 0 96 s 1 25 2 4 s 3 6 s 6 s 125 18 s 30 s 1 min 2 min 3 min 5 min 6 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 30 min 40 kHz to 32 MHz 10 steps per decade Set individually from a list or using the MR Search function for determining the optimum measuremen
217. mation 2 Emitter Purpose 3 Site Map 4 Operational Procedures 5 Field Readings 6 Induced and or Contact Current Hazards if emissions are 100 MHz 7 Outline of Hazardous Areas 8 Existence of lonizing Radiation 9 Control Procedures Lockout Tagout Permit to Work etc 10 Existence of any other Hazards Fuel Storage Ordinance etc 124 After the survey steps may include 1 Calculations Performed Before the Survey If readings do not match calculations this should be explained 9 Hazard Areas w Field Readings at Areas Normally Accessible by People Hot Spots Existence and Adequacy of Engineering Controls and Warning Signs v A 6 Use of and Operating Procedures to Control Exposures 7 Attitudes of Workers Related to RF Radiation 8 Drawings Sketches or Photographs of Area 9 Conclusions and Recommendations If your survey uncovers potentially hazardous areas you may want to also provide information such as Placement of Warning Signs 2 Engineering Controls 3 Antenna Restriction Devices 4 Use of Terminations or Dummy Loads when Testing 5 Use of Barriers Interlocks and Visual Audible Alarms 6 Area or Personal Monitors that Continually Monitor for Excessive Fields should any of the above measures fail Il Surveying Unintentional Emitters Leakage surveys vary considerably from surveys involving known emitters such as antennas In most cases there are no
218. meter meter cm Meter Density ElecticField Magneticrield Total Energy Density Tis S Strength Strength pisi S Where Z Free Space Impedance 1000 3 769 900 26 53 33 33 10 000 3779 500 1 885 000 13 26 16 66 5 000 200 753 980 5 305 6 67 2 000 mW cm xio Watts_ _W_ 100 376 990 2 653 3 333 1 000 i NE 50 188 500 1 326 1 667 500 ee SERE 20 75 398 5305 6667 200 Mete M 10 37 699 2653 3333 100 5 18 850 1326 1666 50 mW cm 37 699 mE ES 2 7 539 8 05305 06667 20 3 769 9 02753 03333 10 mW cm x 03333 PicoJoules p yc 5 1 885 0 01326 01667 5 cm p 753 98 005305 006667 2 E 376 99 002653 003333 1 VmW cm x 3769 9 Molts V 05 188 50 001326 001667 5 02 75 398 0005305 0006667 2 mW cm 37 699 Amperes A 01 37 699 0002653 0003333 Al 005 18 850 0001326 0001667 05 iste ep pT nT mG dBmG uT Gauss mT Tesla dBT A m V m W m mW cm 105 100 1 0 0 1 0 001 104 107 140 0 08 30 2 4 0 24 2x105 200 2 6 0 2 0 002 2x104 2x107 134 0 16 60 9 6 0 96 3x105 300 3 10 0 3 0 003 3x104 3x107 130 0 24 90 21 6 2 16 4x105 400 4 12 0 4 0 00 4x10 4x107 128 0 32 120 384 3 84 5x 105 500 5 14 0 5 0 005 5x104 5x107 126 0 40 150 60 6 0 6x 105 600 6 16 0 6 0 000 6x104 6x107 124 0 48 180 86 8 60 7x105 700 7 17 0 7 0 007 7x104 7x107 123 0 56 210 118 11 8 8x105 800 8 18 0 8 0 0080 8x104 8x107 122 0 64 240 154 15 4 9x105 900 9 19 0 9 0 009 9x104 9x107 121 0 72 270 194 19 4 106 1000 10 20 1 0 01 0 001 106 120 0 8 300 2
219. min 2 min 3 min 5 min 6 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 30 min Measurement in the direction of the X Y and Z axis separate measurement in one direction using an isotropic three axis measuring antenna Identifies whether measured values are above the device noise floor by setting a threshold selectable at 0 3 6 10 15 or 20 dB relative to device noise floor Measurement values below the threshold are shown as the absolute threshold value marked with less than threshold Only applies to the numerical result display Value narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 51 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Measurement Principle Resolution Bandwidths 3 dB Measurement Range Setting MR Range Video Bandwidth Filter Type Shape Factor 3 dB 60 dB Result Type Marker Functions Evaluation Functions Axis Display Functions Zoom Functions Spectrum analysis 10 Hz to 20 MHz in steps of 1 2 3 5 10 List of available RBWs depends on selected sweep SPAN Set individually from a list or using the MR Search function for determining the optimum measurement range at a given time 0 2 Hz to 2 MHz depending on the selected RBW Gaussian lt 3 8 for RBW lt 100 kHz ACT Displays current spectrum MIN
220. more energy 10 times than the same person standing in front of a horizontally polarized signal Workplace exposure conditions can be difficultto calculate In ametallicshelterorscreen room the RF energy may be focused at a particular point or area Experimental measurements on a spheroid model of man immersed in a 10 mW cm field have shown considerable increases in the Specific Absorption Rate Atthe resonant frequency and while standing in the corner of a shielded room in contact with the ground plane at a dis tance of 1 5 wavelengths models have been calculated to be absorbing as much as 116 W kg Standards usually allow no more that 1 mW cm in this resonance range but in focused environments there is still the potential to exceed the SARs the standards are based on At resonance in electrical contact with ground plane in a 90 corner relfector Focussing Effect in a Metallic Room 4 Field Complexity Most standards are based on the far field plane wave rela tionships and their interaction on the body As discussed previously in this document the near field is complex in its energy distribution and nearly impossible to calculate When you add this to the three factors that determine absorption the total variables become staggering narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 117 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us
221. mplementing a safety program for a Category 3 or 4 emitter such as a broadcast tower multiple controls should be employed beginning with signs on the tower where EM energy levels warrant Standard RF monitors that alarm at or below the limits of permissible exposure are not effective controls because they will continuously alarm An alternative is RF clothing and RF monitors that alarm at a higher thresh old However it may be easier to simply restrict access to those areas of the tower where high levels of EM energy are present The RF safety program can also specify certain areas of the tower that can be approached when the main antenna is being used and other areas that can be accessed when a narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 133 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program standby antenna is in use Commonly accepted lock out tag out procedures are an effective safety control for sites emitting the highest power levels Table 2 provides typical controls that can be implemented based on specific EM energy levels Engineering controls such as barriers are well suited for wireless licensees that exceed the exposure limits because FCC rules must be met even though the IEEE standard calls the controls optional For that reason they are labeled in the
222. n Ultra Wide Frequency Range 1 Hz to 400 kHz Wide Measurement Range up to 80 mT type dependent Isotropic 100 cm and 3 cm Probe complies with standards Three Channel Scope Output Applications The ELT 400 is an innovative exposure level meter for measuring magnetic fields in the workplace and public spaces It is designed for health and safety professionals in manufacturing the insurance business and the service industry This instrument handles virtually any level measurement in the low and medium frequency range simply and precisely It is comparable to sound level meters commonly used in noise assessment at the workplace PRODUCTION AREA The ELT 400 is ideal for use with diverse manufacturing machinery including induc tion heating melting and hardening equipment Also due to the extremely low frequency limit and high power capability most magnetic stirrers can be measured Special demands often occur with machinery in production areas where non sinu soidal signals are common e g in industrial applications that use resistance welding machinery pulse waveform phase angle control with traditional 50 60 Hz systems as well as in newer medium frequency switching units GENERAL ENVIRONMENT In public spaces complex fields occur with several kinds of electronic surveillance systems Most of the electromagnetic and acousto magnetic gates are operated in the frequency range of the ELT 400 EMC TEST HO
223. n nected through fiber optic cables to the NBM 550 meter or to a computer Both meters can transfer readings directly to a computer with optional 20 meter cables and accessories For best results you should still minimize field perturbance caused by the surveyor by using a stand to support the system For most standards both E field and H field readings will be made separately and compared with standard or guid ance limits Antennas are normally omni directional in their radiation patterns so measurements will be made around the entire area in question Metallic structures may re radi ate and or reflect the energy present thereby complicating the survey In the United States the IEEE ANSI standard also includes limits for induced and contact currents at frequen cies below 100 MHz Once you are within a distance of 4 2 to the antenna the reactive field components may be greater than 1096 of the radiating components leading to errors of greater than 1 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 123 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Surveys dB Although the reactive components do not form part of the radiating field strength they are real and can generate heating effects and or induced currents 4 Radio Frequency Surveys 3 kHz to 50 MHz The problems with reflections off the body that begin to
224. n be verified at any time by depressing the TEST button that activates a full system test The ENABLE input can be used in situations where the standard operating proce dure produces RF field levels in excess of the threshold and exposure to people is possible e g in an anechoic chamber or on the deck of a ship The ENABLE input can be tied to a motion sensor or an interlock switch Under these conditions the SMARTS II activates its alarms only when two conditions are satisfied 1 high levels of RF are present and 2 motion is detected or a door is open The alarm threshold is field adjustable from 10 of standard to 50 of standard The user can easily switch from battery operation to an external low voltage DC supply Outdoor Installations An all plastic weatherproof housing is available that permits operation of the SMARTS II in virtually any environment This housing is rated NEMA class 4X which is the equivalent of IEC Publication 529 Type IP66 or CSA Standard C22 2 No 94 Connections to the housing are made through a MIL type multi pin circular connector the mating connector is sup plied Installation of the SMARTS Il into the weatherproof Smarts II Area Monitors 2 0 INSERTION LOSS dB o 0 1 1 2 3 4 5678910 20 FREQUENCY GHz 30 40 50 Insertion Loss of SMARTS II Weatherproof Housing Approximate insertion loss of weatherproof h
225. n of the squared value of a function scalar A quantity such as temperature or energy having a magnitude only scattered radiation An electromagnetic field resulting from currents induced in a secondary object conducting or dielec tric by electromagnetic waves incident on that object from one or more primary sources short term exposure Exposure for durations less than the corresponding averaging time specific absorption SA The quotient of the incremental energy dW absorbed by dissipated in an incremental mass dm contained in a volume dV of a given density p aea dt Ldm d dt Lrdv The specific absorption is expressed in units of joules per ki logram J kg SAR 112 specific absorption rate SAR The time derivative of the incremental energy dW absorbed by dissipated in an in cremental mass dm contained in a volume element dV of given density P SAR is expressed in units of watts per kilogram W kg threshold limit value TLV See maximum permissible ex posure MPE uncontrolled environment Any area other than a con trolled environment The uncontrolled environment includes locations where persons are non occupationally exposed and are not made fully aware of the potential for exposure by the owner operator or party responsible for the source or can not or do not understand how to exercise control over their exposure These exposures may occur in residential or work locations wher
226. n recommended engineering and admin istrative controls as well Consequently even though it is an official document of a government agency it should not be used as a definitive resource UNDERSTANDING CONTROLLED AND UNCONTROLLED ENVIRONMENTS After the FCC issued its latest RF safety rules that took effect in 2000 licensees informed the commission that no standard was available that provided specific guidelines about how an RF safety program should be conducted This resulted in creation of IEEE Standard C95 7 2005 IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio Frequency Safety Program 3 kHz to 300 GHz4 which is now the primary resource that contains all of the elements of an RF safety program for all types of organi zations not just those falling under the jurisdiction of the FCC Like all standards it is somewhat dense in its treatment of the subject and while providing a tremendous amount of useful information leaves lots of room for interpretation Limits in Terms of Equivalent Power Density 100000 Canada SC6 ICNIRP 10000 1000 100 10 Lo 1 3 10 30 100 300 l 3 10 Wim kHz MHz Legend RFimicrowave worker other than RF microwave Worker Occupational General Pop Controlled sms 1 Action Level rs Occupational Controlled General Public Uncontrolled ni i pur ui nare PT Aa M 100 100 i 3 io An 100 300 GH Table 1 128 narda Safety
227. n the temperature range from 15 C to 30 C lt 1 2 dB SA and SE Modes only 60 dBc or MR 60 dB whichever is worse 90 dBm or MR 60 dB whichever is worse Except the following frequency range 294 to 306 MHz where the value is 85 dBm or MR 55 dB whichever is worse Type Return Loss N Connector 50 Q gt 12 dB for 1 kHz RBW f lt 4 5 GHz and MR 28 dBm gt 10 dB for 1 kHz RBW f gt 4 5 GHz and MR 28 dBm 50 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Operating Temperature Range 10 C to 50 C during normal operation 0 C to 40 C when charging Climatic Storage 1K3 IEC 60721 3 extended to 10 C to 50 C Transport 2K4 IEC 60721 3 restricted to 30 C to 70 C due to display Operating 7K2 IEC 60721 3 extended to 10 C to 50 C 2 Mechanical Compliance Storage 1M2 IEC 60721 3 Transport 2M3 IEC 60721 3 Operating 7M3 IEC 60721 3 ESD and EMC EN 61326 1 2006 Safety EN 61010 1 2004 2003 1 1 EG 06 02 2003 PBDE and OBDE EU Guidelines 2002 95 EG 27 01 2003 RoHS CE European Community Air Humidity Operating Range Weight Dimensions Type Displa aed Size Resolution Interface Rechargeable Cell Power Supply External Power Supply
228. ncies and resolution bandwidths with a powerful marker function that lets you see each significant signal set a marker on it and zoom to it in a rapid manner When it comes time to save a spectrum view the SRM saves the entire dataset rather than just a picture With the supplied SRM TS software you are able to even post process information thereby enhancing detected data for your survey reports When using the SRM 3006 to direction find or search out cable leakage the Spectrum Analysis Mode with our over all system design makes it a simple portable task First is the SRM s capability to add antennas into its memory You can easily import calibration data of your existing antennas and or cables and have the SRM account for them in its display SPATIAL AVERAGING FCC license holders will find the built in spatial averaging fea ture very powerful Broadcasters can employ the 1 5m cable along with optional antenna holders and a non metallic tri pod to make accurate and repeatable measurements at their transmitter sites GPS logs exactly where the measurement was taken and the narrowband performance means you just survey your emissions Cellular operators can also use the fast time averaging for a quick vertical spatial average sweep again logging just your emission out and beyond the 596 distance SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Battery GPS 48 2728 2 N Ant SAXT5M 3G SrvTbk GSM 800 DL Ger 27 10 08 15 08 45 9 13
229. nd Smarts Il Area Monitors Ultra Wideband Smarts II Area Monitors 2 MHz to 100 GHz in a Single Monitor Shaped Frequency Response Matched to Your Standard Continuous Automatic Monitoring No Operator Required Audible Visible and Remote Alarms As Recorder Output k s Battery or Low Voltage DC Operation Adjustable Alarm Threshold Weatherproof Housing Option __ Description Narda s latest design in the popular SMARTS family of RF area monitors introduces several new features Like earlier SMARTS models the SMARTS II area monitors pro vide continuous detection of RF radiation within a specific area The SMARTS II uses the latest ultra wideband sensor technology of the Nardalert RF personal monitors The result is an area monitor that covers most of the usable RF spectrum in a single monitor with shaped frequency dependent sensitivity that matches the standard used to determine compliance The dual sensor design accurately detects all types of electric fields from 2 MHz to 100 GHz The microwave portion of the sensor employs thermocouple detectors so that radar signals are accurately converted to true RMS values while the patented diode design used for the lower frequencies provides RMS detection even in very complex multi signal environments SMARTS Il monitors re spond equally to all polarizations and cover an entire hemisphere They can even be mounted on a metallic wall There
230. nd Glossary Application Notes narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 105 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Technology Narda s Unique Technology and Patented Designs Insure Accuracy Narda holds nearly forty patents in non ionizing radiation safety equipment which represents more than 9596 of the world s total The preferred choice of knowledgeable individ uals Narda equipment is relied on for accurate mesurements in any signal environment Narda is continuously creating and refining instruments to gather the significant data essential for environmental and occupational safety Accuracy under all conditions is our goal Significant Narda Patents for Electric and Magnetic Field Survey Instrumente Shaped frequency response probes two pat ents Sensitivity varies over the frequency band at the point of detection which allows output to be quantified in Percent of Standard Thermocouple detectors that function as both detector and dipole at the same time Thermocouple detectors that function as dipoles at lower frequencies and operate in the traveling wave mode at higher frequencies Models EF 5091 and EF 5092 probes have correction factors of 1096 at 94 GHz 106 Significant Narda Patente for Personal and Area Monitors Micro
231. nd covers the full bandwidth of the instrument The buffered output provides an adequate voltage swing to allow simple operation ELT 400 Exposure Level Tester narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 25 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement ELT 400 Exposure Level Tester Specifications Frequency Range 3 dB selectable 1 Hz to 400 kHz 10 Hz to 400 kHz 30 Hz to 400 kHz Antenna Type Magnetic B Field Sensor Type Isotropic Coil 100 cm Damage Level RMS 160 mT The damage level reduces linearly with increasing frequency above 77 5 Hz 1 f Damage Level Peak 226 mT The damage level reduces linearly with increasing frequency above 620 Hz 1 f The damage level peak applies for pulse duration 15 6 ms and duty cycle 1 64 Measurement Uncertainty 4 4 50 Hz to 120 kHz Mounting Thread 1 4 20UNC 2B standard thread Exposure Evaluation Comparison with Standard see Ordering Information MODEP ICNIRP BGV B11 EN 50366 RANGE LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH Overload Limit 160 1600 160 1600 160 1600 Noise Level typical 196 596 0 496 296 0 496 296 Resolution Range Low 0 00196 Automatic according to Selected Standard or Detection selectable RMS averaging time 1 s or Peak Value Display Mode selectable Instantaneous or Max Hold Frequency Response Flat MODE 320
232. ndard or guidance to follow In the discipline of RF safety standards continue to evolve and differ from one another at lower frequencies below 100 MHz However there is gen eral agreement between them in the microwave region of the spectrum above about 300 MHz Most major standards accept a basic Maximum Permissible Exposure MPE level of 0 4 W kg of Specific Absorption Rate SAR but do not always agree on the EM field levels needed to create that energy level in the body For some organizations there is no decision to be made about standards FCC licensees must follow FCC limits and the U S military usually follows IEEE Standard C95 1 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields 3 kHz to 300 GHz However all other organizations have a choice In fact there are many guidelines adopted by countries throughout the world The four shown in Table 1 are highly regarded because of the effort expended by the participants in their standards committees or the governments that sponsored them Any of these standards can be used for establishing an RF Safety Program One guideline surprisingly out of date is OSHA s CFR 1910 97 and employers are cautioned that this document employs EM field limits specified by the American National Standards Institute ANSI in 1966 Obviously enormous regulatory and scientific changes have taken place since this time not only in MPE limits but i
233. ndent reflecting the fact that the human body absorbs radiation more readily at some frequencies than others This compli cated the measurement process because a more complex shaped probe antenna was required whose sensitivity mir rored the requirements of a particular standard For example many standards and guidances then as now set E field MPE limits at 614 V m 100 mW cm2 below 1 MHz and 61 4 V m 1 0 mW cm2 from 30 to 300 MHz a difference of 20 dB or 100 times the power at the higher frequencies To accommo date this today s shaped probes are 100 times more sensitive in the 100 MHz region than at 1 MHz As noted earlier the latest standards have two sets of maximum permissible ex posure MPE limits instead of one In addition a factor called the 596 rule must be accommodated by FCC licensees The ability to determine compliance is compounded by the proliferation of sites with multiple emitters each owned by different organizations Fortunately the introduction of narrowband measurement equipment allows the required measurements to be made regardless of how many services are located at a site These instruments complement the standard broadband types that were previously the only type available Nevertheless broad band instruments may still be a viable option in some cases soit is important to know when to use each one If there is only one emitter at a site a broadband instrument is obviously the most cost effecti
234. nes to transmit the energy into free space Moving electron charges on the surface of the antenna mostly propagate out ward forming an electromagnetic wave that travels through free space If we could freeze the motion of an electromagnetic wave traveling in free space it would look like the waveform above when it is in the far field or Fraunhofer region The electro magnetic field in the far field is very consistent The electric field is always perpendicular to the direction of propaga tion and the magnetic field is always perpendicular to both Near Field Far Field radiating Fresnel Fraunhofer reactive nii DA TEED E H must be determined E H 377 Ohms boundary 114 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN Field E 2 i 5 o 9 T Non lonizing Radiation Propogation Vector k Far Field Electromagnetic Wave the electric field and the direction of propagation The two regions very close to the antenna are called the reactive near field and the radiating near field In the reactive near field en ergy does not radiate it is recovered and re emitted during successive oscillations In the radiating near field energy is both stored and radiated While the strength dissipates over distance in the far field it may increa
235. ng Alarm Function mW cm W m2 V m A m 96 of Standard 96 for shaped probes only 0 000196 to 9999 for all units 4 digits Actual ACT Maximum MAX Average AVG Spatial Average SPATIAL 4 seconds to 30 minutes 2 second steps selectable by PC software discrete or continuously selectable by PC software 2 kHz audible signal 4 Hz repetition threshold adjustable by PC software Optical Interface Probe Interface Used for remote operation and instrument configuration Serial full duplex 115 kBaud no parity 1 start and 1 stop bit Plug and play auto detection compatible with all NBM series probes Recommended Calibration Interval Battery Operation Time Charging Time Battery Level Display Humidity Temperature Range Operating Non Operating Transport Humidity Size h x w x d Weight Accessories included 24 months NiMH rechargeable batteries 2 x AA size Mignon 2500 mAh 22 hours backlight off 16 hours permanent backlight 2 0 hours 100 80 60 40 20 10 low level 596 5 to 95 non condensing 29 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 10 C to 50 C 30 C to 70 C 5 to 95 non condensing lt 29 g m absolute humidity IEC 60721 3 2 class 7K2 1 5 x 2 0 x 8 inches 38 x 52 x 203 mm without probe 10 6 oz 300 g without probe NBM TS PC Transfer Software rechargeable batteries power supply shoulder strap O E converter RS 232 f
236. ng suitable antenna sites is becoming increasingly dif ficult due to the proliferation of services and antennas as well as the concerns of the public Today it is not uncommon for sites to contain literally dozens of antennas including cellular PCS paging SMR and traditional two way radio In some in stances high power radio and television broadcast antennas may be co located at the site While most of these telecommunications services are not especially high powered the increasingly common high den sity of antennas at a site low antenna mounting heights and the frequent need for personnel to work in the near vicinity of these antennas too often result in personnel being exposed to high RF fields The purpose of this 32 minute video is to provide practical guidance on measuring RF fields at telecommunications antenna sites The goal is to obtain the most accurate and meaningful data for assessing potential RF exposure levels for certifying site compliance with RF exposure limits 12 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF Safety Training TA Topics Covered Units of Measure Shaped Frequency Response Probes versus Traditional Flat Frequency Response Probes Measurement Uncertainty and Correction Factors Analog versus Digital Meters Connecting and Zeroing the Probe Che
237. ngth Measurements b 0 425mI 24 Hz FREQUENCY l amp mT In many practical applications such as proximity to high voltage lines and transformer stations this measurement is simple and produces accurate results If the field under test has essentially a single frequency component the broad band mode is the best choice A broadband measurement of the magnetic field in the frequency range from 5 Hz to 32 kHz is made using the built in isotropic probe The Model EFA 300 can also be used to measure the electric field with the exter nal cube shaped E field module For more precise analysis or multi frequency fields band pass and band reject filters are available in the frequency range of 15 Hz to 2 kHz with user editable filter lists Operation is con figured to allow fast switching between common settings e 9 broadband and bandpass filter In broadband mode the large backlit display provides mea surement and frequency results simultaneously Two plug in B field probes extend the range of possibilities The small sniffer probe has a 3 cm diameter while the larger more sensitive probe has a 100 cm cross sectional area Users can choose between RMS and peak value measurement from less than 1 nT to 31 6 mT The EFA 300 can also measure the E field from less than 1 V m to 100 kV m STD Shaped Time Domain Evaluation Mode Innovative Technique for Signal Shape Independent Field Measurements In many situat
238. noring it is a waste of time and money and ultimately worthless or worse yet a liability from a legal perspective In contrast a quality program fully and continuously documented could be spotted just as fast by OSHA inspectors An RF Radiation Safety Program regardless of the specific op erating environment it is designed to serve has several basic elements Aninitial survey of the heat sealer and its operating environment Written documentation of the program Employee training Adoption of administrative and engineering controls Someone who is responsible for administration and enforcement of the program INITIAL SURVEY When creating an RF Safety Program assume nothing when conducting an initial survey Make measurements to determine areas that exceed or could exceed maximum per missible exposure levels MPE If needed these services are available from consulting engineering organizations Most experts would agree that a program needs to be initi ated when exposures approach or exceed uncontrolled or action levels Once the baseline study is complete the next steps can be accurately assessed These steps may in clude modification or even replacement of RF heat sealers depending on their age and likelihood of creating an acute overexposure situation ADOPTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS These two types of controls are very different in their scope and end result An administrative c
239. ns that the equipment requires repairs please describe the symptoms 3 Pack the equipment well Meters and probes should be shipped in the original instrument case whenever possible The instrument should then be packed inside a cardboard box Probes in particular should be packed very carefully if they are not being shipped in an instrument case 4 Authorize the calibration and or repair charges in advance Narda has established fixed prices for 99 of calibration and repair work This allows us to process your order immediately Ideally authorizations are not to exceed NTE value equal to a minor repair charge See CALIBRATION PROCEDURES and REPAIR CATEGORIES 98 narda Safety Test Solutions an 5B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Calibration and Maintenance 5 Specify the type of calibration service required Most customers request our standard service ANSI Z540 service see below is available at an additional charge Priority Calibration service provides five business day calibration not repairs at an additional charge Equipment that is received via an RMA number and with the charges authorized will be worked on immediately Simply returning equipment without contacting us i e without both an RMA number and authorization to perform the work will result in delays Calibration Accredited Calibrations of Fiel
240. ntennas Antenna Factors Detection of Narda Cables Cable Loss Factors Units with antenna without antenna Isotropic Measurements Weighted Display Correlation of Results with Telecom Services SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Automatic consideration of antenna parameters after antenna is plugged in antenna type serial number calibration date and antenna factors see below Automatic limitation of the frequency range according to the frequency range of the connected antenna Used for display in field strength units Saved in all Narda antennas during calibration Antenna factor lists for antennas from other manufacturers can be saved these lists defined using the PC configuration software SRM Tools or SRM TS Automatic consideration of cable parameters after cable is plugged in cable type serial number calibration date and loss factors see below Automatic limitation of the frequency range according to the frequency range of the connected cable Used for compensation of the power level display Saved in all Narda cables during calibration Cable loss lists for cables from other manufacturers can be saved these lists defined using the PC configuration software SRM Tools included in delivery of the standard V m A m W m2 mW cm2 dBVm dBmV m dBA m dBuV m dBV m dBmV m dBuV m dBm Automatic switching of the antenna axes when using Narda s triaxial measurement antenna followed by computation of the
241. ny Italy Making Measurements from 50 GHz to 100 GHz in sensitivity at 94 GHz They are quite accurate up to 50 GHz Again these characteristics are quite repeatable unit to unit so that by applying a 4 dB correction factor at 94 GHz these models can be used to provide an approximate field strength reading The 8840 and 8841 series of Nardalert personal monitors in dicated a 2 4dB loss in sensitivity Narda now rates the Model 8840D 1 up to 100 GHz because even a 6 dB loss of sensitiv ity would result in the monitor sounding the alarm at levels no higher than 4mW cm The vast majority of the standards in the world limit exposure in the millimeter range to either 5mW cm or 10mW cm Later testing performed in 2003 showed the Nardalert XT B8860 models to have less than 3 dB of loss As before an alarm of 5096 will provide ample notification for almost any environment The Model 8825 SMARTS replaced by Model B8830 area monitor indicates a loss of less than 2dB at 94 GHz Given the many variations of monitor location personnel location and the site of the leak this loss in sensitivity should not be critical 153 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Unit Conversion Tables and Formulas Conversions of Power Density in mW cm to Other Parameters Based Upon Free Space Conditions mW cm Y B pi S EXH volts ampere pico Joules watts E Z An
242. obes that yield accurate measurements in multi signal environments Personal RF monitors worn and area monitors mounted at the site alert you to potentially unsafe situations the moment they occur The human body doesn t care who owns the emitter and neither does the FCC You must protect your employees from energy from all sources at a site Personal RF monitors are often the ideal solution Go to an expert in RF radiation one that has studied the potential hazards and knows how to manage them With 95 of the world s patents in RF radiation safety equipment The solutionisNarda narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 7 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF Safety Training RF Radiation You can t see it smell it hear it or touch it Yet the more we learn about it the better we are at managing opera tions and reducing risks It is referred to by many names electromagnetic radiation non ionizing radiation radio fre quency radiation RFR electromagnetic energy EME and even EMFs electromagnetic fields Recent media interest in very low level sources of non ion izing radiation cellular phones VDT s appliances power lines has reminded us to focus on the possibility of hazard ous conditions in occupational areas Tens of thousands of occupational situations involve poten tially
243. ods and Artifacts Proceedings 39th Annual Broadcast Engineering Conference National Association of Broadcasters pp 645 655 Las Vegas 1985 Biological Effects of Radiofrequency Radiation edited by D F Cahill and J A Elder Environmental Protection Agency Report No EPA 600 8 83 026F 1984 Guide to the Practical Safety Aspect of the use of Radio Frequency Energy U K Defence Standard 05 74 Issue 1 9 Jan 1989 HMSO Publications Centre London R C Johnson and H Jasik Antenna Engineering Handbook Second Edition New York McGraw Hill 1984 125 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program The topic of RF safety is important to every organization that either uses RF and microwave energy to deliver an end product such as a wireless service or employs it to perform an industrial function such as packaging cooking and drying of materials or products Maintaining a safe environment for employees as well as the general public is not simply a good idea it s the law and it is being enforced more rigorously every year An RF safety program is the key to establishing and maintaining an environment that offers personal pro tection and is legally defensible The thought of establishing such a program often strikes fear into the hearts of organiza tions bemoaning yet another layer of bureau
244. og meter they are fundamentally more accurate In practice the digital display portion of the instrument is the smallest contributor to measurement uncertainty Performance of the probe which is the signal gathering portion of the instrument is the true determinant of over all accuracy As a result the probe is the most crucial part of an RF radiation measurement system and its characteristics have more impact on data quality than any other element The probe s importance becomes even more crucial when employed in dense signal environments The fact that data gathering must be conducted in the field at sites where there are other transmitting systems besides the one to be measured compounds measurement difficul ties The emitters may also operate at different frequencies invoking more than one level of acceptable exposure as de fined by today s frequency dependent standards The person making the measurement must accurately determine the contribution of the individual signals total the energy from all emitters and weigh the resulting information according to its relevance to the standard If there are many emitters this can take a long time The antennas for these systems are usually located within a stone s throw of each other Without the ability to discrimi nate among signals it is almost impossible to determine the radiation level of a specific emitter In addition diode detec tors that have often been used for electric an
245. ombine multiple sensor installations into a fully functioning monitoring or alarm system Configured as a single communication point this product allows complete control over sensors that are stationed tens or hundreds of meters away from the metering station The built in color touch screen display can be user configured to display individual readings of each sensor or the maximum minimum or average of one or more of the connected sensors Programmable analog voltage outputs can also be arranged to generate positive or negative go ing voltages depending on detected fields Digital TTL levels can be tied to alarm settings as well as two built in high power relays Individual Channel readings can be displayed left as well as all channels below The system will automatically adjust the size and color of the font to indicate normal or alarm situations The pictures here just indicate a fraction of the information available on the front panel or through the Ethernet interface iso i E ER SI Channel 3 Channel 5 Channel 6 E Channel 7 Channel 8 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 87 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Personal and Area Monitors NBM 580 Broadband Radiation Meter Area Monitoring Intelligent area monitoring is made possible by the NBM 580 and Nardalert S3 NS3 monitors NS3 monitors can
246. ometor THM1176 vides the total field no matter the orientation of the probe Microscopic Field Sensitive Volume A sensor size of only 150 x 150 x 10 um pro vides excellent localization and a self consistent measurement of the three axes even in highly inhomogeneous fields The Low Field sensor volume is 6 x 3 4 x 10mm Magnetic Fields up to 20 T The High Field Probe allows measuring even very strong fields as far as 20 Tesla The standard calibration covers the range up to 3 T The low Field probe measures up to 8 mT with a resolution of 2 uT Bandwidth of DC to 1 kHz The 1 kHz bandwidth allows measuring AC fields gener ated for example by transformers and motors Graphical Results Display Magnetic flux density vs time can be displayed as a graph Measurement data can also be recorded to file narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 19 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement THM1176 3 Axis Hall Magnetometer Specifications THM1176 HF High Field Probe THM1176 LF Low Field Probe Measurement Ranges automatic or manual ranging Resolution No Averaging Averaging 100 samples Uncertainty Units User Offset Correction Bandwidth Functions Record File Format Data Output Sample Rate Immediate Trigger default Timed Trigger Bus Trigger via USB 100 m
247. onments The greater the number of emitters the greater the error This error is typically 1 dB to 2 dB when there are two or three emitters however when many emitters are present an increasingly common occurrence these probes can indicate field strengths as much as 10 dB greater than are actually present This is especially true when the signals are of the same magnitude The implication of such gross errors is significant The cost of correcting the phantom problem can be high Implementing operational limits is at the least undesirable and at worst unacceptable tis possible to believe that a given transmitter is out of compliance when it is not It is essential therefore that the measurement system have the ability to make true RMS measurements Some Narda probes use a patented technique in which the diode detec tors are always kept in the square law region without the use of squaring circuits This design is referred to as compensated diode detection Frequency Dependent Standards An accurate RMS measurement of the total emissions level with all emitters operating at maximum power provides an accurate quantitative value but may not yield the answer to the most important question whether the level is compliant with a given exposure standard This problem occurs because maximum permissible exposure MPE limits in the major standards vary by 20 dB over the communications bands as shown in Figure 2 If the mea
248. ontent See our training section be ginning on page 5 p Product Sections We have designed this catalog to give you easy access to in formation on all our products LOW FREQUENCY DC STATIC FIELDS 0 Hz TO 400 kHz Like all Narda STS equipment the low frequency product line delivers excellent measurement reliability All instrument functions were designed for direct and reliable testing Precision measurements of low frequency fields are required in the following industries Power Generation and Delivery 50 60 Hz Electric Railway Lines Smelting Furnaces Welding Systems Medical Systems e g MRI THM1176 This product measures static magnetic fields as well as modulated magnetic fields up to 1 kHz Ideally suited for medical device and MRI measurements the sensor can be supplied with or without a PDA to display readings on Either way software is provided for direct readout on Netbooks and Computers See page 19 EHP 50D High Precision measurement of E and H fields from 5 Hz to 100 kHz This field analyzer can operate in a data logging mode or with the supplied software through a 10m 2 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF Safety Products LN fiber optic cable to display real time spectrum information on a PC With it s wide dynamic range and exceptional ac
249. ontrol is an action such as placement of signs in areas where high levels of radiation are present or writing a policy covering RF equipment that is not generally implemented in hardware Engineering con trols include fences barriers gates locks and other physical impediments to human presence that are implemented with some type of hardware solution Sensors that automatically shut off the heat sealer should the shields fail are a pure engi neering control that is highly regarded by regulatory agencies such as OSHA WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE PROGRAM Creation and publication ofthe RF Radiation Safety Program is an essential element and not simply an administrative detail This document clearly states the program s goal its procedures and shows how the organization is addressing employee safety It is as valuable for subjective reasons as itis for simply getting it all down on paper The documentation should clearly describe all procedures who is responsible for conducting them when they are to be conducted who to contact if a problem is detected and many other areas A complete guide to establishing an RF Radiation Safety Program is available from IEEE C95 7 2005 For help in selecting a consulting engineer contact Narda Safety Test Solutions 631 231 1700 148 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM
250. ooftop and tower sites in the wireless and broadcast industries ae RF Field Measurements for Antenna Sites page 12 32 min Measurement techniques for wireless antenna sites 8 narda Safety Test Solutions an 5B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF Safety Training LN Non lonizing Radiation Survey Training Narda has conducted this comprehensive three day course once or twice a year since 1992 The course is designed to train professionals in non ionizing radiation evaluation and management techniques Limited class size makes this an ideal hands on experience Who Should Attend Industrial Hygienists Safety Professionals Engineers Insurance Professionals Managers in Industry Government and Service Organizations Focus Determining compliance with major standards Evaluating the risk potential of various sources of non ionizing radiation Setting up a non ionizing radiation safety program What You Will Learn When you complete this training course you will know how to evaluate and manage potential sources of non ionizing radiation The 1997 FCC Regulation IEEE C95 1 2005 ANSI C95 1 1992 Standard Canada s Safety Code 6 and the International Commission for Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP are the basis of this course which covers health effects from exposure to non ionizing
251. ope Output Three Channel X Y Z The open circuit analog output voltage is 800 mV when the field strength value corresponds to the overload limit sensitivity 2 800 mV overload limit ELT 400 output impedance 50 Q load impedance 10 kQ Analog Output Level Interface iRemoresonrolanditeddo ut RS 232 19200 baud 8n1 XON XOFF 3 Wire 2 5 mm Stereo Jack Operating Temperature Range Operating Humidity Range Weight Typical Dimensions Typical Display Type Battery Operating Life Typical Charger Unit Charging Time Typical Calibration Interval recommended narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 10 C to 50 C 9596 30 C or 29 g m non condensing 1 9 Ibs 840 g with probe 7 1x 3 9 x 22 inches 180 x 100 x 55 mm without probe probe 9 8 x 1 3 inches 250 x 32 mm LCD with Backlight refresh rate 4 times per second NiMH Batteries 4 x Mignon AA exchangeable 12 hours 100 to 240 V AC 47 to 63 Hz fits all AC line connectors 2 hours 24 Months N USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement ELT 400 Exposure Level Tester NOTES for Spec Tables on 2 previous pages a Unless otherwise stated these specifications apply for the reference condition ambient temperature 23 3 C relative air humidity 4096 to 6096 continuous wave signal CW RMS
252. operly deployed if the shields are in some way defective or if the design of the heat sealer does not pay attention to shielding the level of radia tion to which the heat sealer operator may be exposed can be orders of magnitude higher than that considered safe Clearly the potential for severe overexposure exists see The Impact of Shield Failure page 149 The Exposure Environment During most of the time that RF heat sealers have been used little attention paid to workers overexposure to RF radiation However much more is known today about the effect of RF radiation on the human body at certain levels of exposure Unlike the alleged damage caused by exposure to the minus cule levels of RF radiation produced by computer monitors and display terminals exposure to the potentially immense radiation emitted by a faulty RF heat sealer will very likely produce heating of tissue To put these different levels in perspective the amount of power generated by a video display terminal VDT might be several microwatts millionths of a watt The power gener ated by an RF heat sealer is between 1500 W to more than 60 000 W the same level as produced by many radio and television broadcast transmitters While the power radiated by a broadcast antenna is emitted at a point far from human contact the RF heat sealer generates its power within a few inches of the operator Compounding the problem is that many RF heat sealers in use today co
253. or performing pre survey calculations which helps guard against over loading either type of detector If after reviewing literature you have any questions about how equipment will operate in a specific environment consult the manufacturer It is imperative that your questions be answered before any equipment is purchased to ensure that such equip ment will meet present and future needs 122 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes JAN E MEASUREMENT METHODS AND SURVEY HINTS 1 Basic Survey Methods Before beginning the survey allow time to warm up and check out the equipment When using thermocouple based probes it is advisable to allow the probe to stabilize to the ambient temperature Allowing the probe to raise or lower its temperature to the ambient temperature helps minimize zero drift If this cannot be accomplished in an area of low field levels it is recommended that a de vice equivalent to the Narda Model 8713B Electric Field Attenuator be used to guard against probe overload CAUTION Thermocouple probes can be overloaded even when they are not in use Ensure that the meter s batteries are charged enough to com plete the survey and if check sources are available use them to verify operation of the entire system Sites with multiple emitters a
254. or quick measurements where only the total field strength is needed MILITARY SYSTEMS The NBM Series system is ideal because of the broad range of frequencies used by the military Flat response probes are normally selected because the users have control of the emit ters and a shaped response is not required However shaped probes are very useful for multiple emitter flightiness and classified areas Users performing complex surveys will ap preciate the advanced features of the Model NBM 550 Meter Basic surveys can easily be handled by the very user friendly NBM 520 Meter RADARS Radar systems normally use microwave frequencies and waveguide The NBM series with either the NBM 550 or narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 17 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement Electric and Magnetic Field Instrument Selection Guide NBM 520 meter are appropriate The probe should employ thermocouple detectors if RMS average results are required see page 122 The unique averaging and history display available from the NBM 550 is very useful for Radar mea surements while the NBM 520 Meter is ideal for simple waveguide leakage measurements WAVEGUIDE SYSTEMS The NBM 520 and one of four microwave probes with small heads and diode or thermocouple detectors are the most practical choices The EF1
255. osure and the demonstrated effect of EM energy at high levels have produced exposure limits contained in international regu lations to which all organizations must adhere in order to protect workers and the general public from potential bodily harm In the US federal regulations dictated by the Federal Communications Commission FCC have the force of law as do regulations from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA The requirements of these standards guidances and regula tions must be addressed when employees work around EM fields whether at broadcast sites such as cellular paging public safety paging TV and radio etc or in industrial or medical environments RF safety programs when effectively administered can help ensure companies that their facilities are legally defensible in the face of claims made to the con trary In short if employees must work around RF energy it is important to know what the levels are and how to construct a basic RF safety program if one is needed The RF Saety Environment Only 20 years ago hardly anyone paid much attention to EM energy except RF and microwave equipment manufactur ers satellite communications providers and the aerospace and defense community This is certainly not the case today since wireless capabilities are highly desirable for virtually any product traditionally tethered to a wired connection and advances in semiconductor and other technologies ha
256. ousing under dry conditions with the SMARTS II facing the source of energy normal to the Poynting vector housing could not be simpler remove the housing cover plug the internal cable into the SMARTS Il then attach the monitor with two screws Put the cover of the housing back on and attach the external cabling Since standard visual and audio signals are masked by the weatherproof housing sta tus and alarm information plus low voltage DC are sent via a user supplied external shielded cable The insertion loss of the weatherproof housing starts to be come significant at about 8 GHz thus reducing the monitor s sensitivity Losses are greater in the rain especially if the weatherproof housing is mounted horizontally which allows water to collect on it Depending on the frequency the in sertion loss from the housing can be up to 2 dB under dry conditions and up to 10 dB in the rain The adjustable thresh old feature of the SMARTS II can be used to compensate for the insertion loss of the weatherproof housing Model Selection Guide STANDARD OR GUIDANCE TIER SMARTS II MODEL ACGIH B8830 Canada Safety Code 6 2009 Controlled C8830 FCC 1997 Occupational Controlled A8830 ICNIRP 1998 Occupational D8830 IEEE C95 1 2005 Controlled B8830 NATO STANAG 2345 B8830 92 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www
257. pational Safety and Health NIOSH stated that measuring the induced body current may provide the most direct indication of absorbed energy Compliance measurements at frequencies below 100 MHz now include both field and current measurements If field measurements approach standard or guidance limits you should measure currents C TRANSMISSION LINE LEAKAGE A common example of leakage measurements is testing waveguide flanges Waveguide flanges and bends are likely points of leakage in high power systems Gaskets in flanges may deteriorate after being cycled over temperature many times Bends also tend to form stress cracks from tempera ture and mechanical stress When testing waveguide systems most people will probe as closely as possible to the sus pected areas Normally defective flanges can be tightened while bends have to be removed from the system for repair or replacement In many systems the waveguide may be positioned so close it will be difficult to test certain points In the past it was com mon to use a waveguide antenna to search for leaks This approach is often difficult and time consuming because of the amount of equipment available A new and safer method is to use the Narda RadMan and extension handle which has a very small detector housing Its long length keeps your hands away from the high voltage that is normally present in high power amplifiers REFERENCES E E Aslan Non lonizing Radiation Measurement Meth
258. pment and application consultation by our worldwide sales network Repair and calibration service Expert advice on standards and recent developments Training and measurement services Just Power On and Measure Simple operation is critical when you need dependable re sults This requires device technology that simplifies the complex measurements found in EMF Electro Magnetic Field applications With any device you purchase from Narda STS the basic principle is Just Power On and Measure Quality and Compliance All Narda STS measurement products are built for use under demanding environmental conditions Rugged construction enables them to stand up to high level fields even as they weather the physical punishment often encountered in on site locations Quality and adherence to international standards are reflect ed in the CE mark that appears on every Narda STS product and the ISO 9001 compliant production facilities in Italy About Narda Safety Test Solutions irm m Ara xm A Germany and the US where all equipment is manufactured All Narda STS products are calibrated to comply with the country specific standards of their users RF Radiation Safety Training Narda STS can provide unequaled educational materials and training for your company You will find public seminars and courses that address different industries as well as custom corporate training programs using live instruction or CD VCR and DVD based c
259. point may be calculated from the vector product of the electric and magnetic field strength vectors i e EXH P P is called Poynting s Vector and represents the power density and the direction of energy propagation Note that if E has dimensions of V m and H is in units of A m the dimensions of P are W m power density average temporal The instantaneous power density integrated over a source repetition period power density S or electromagnetic power flux density Power per unit area normal to the direction of propagation This is usually expressed in units of watts per square meter W m milliwatts per square centimeter mW cm or microwatts per square centimeter uW cm For plane wave power den sity electric field strength E and magnetic field strength H are related by the impedance of free space i e 377 ohms In particular E 37HW 377 where E and H are expressed in units of V m and A m re spectively and S in units of W m Although many survey instruments indicate power density units the actual quanti ties measured are E or E or H or H7 power density peak The maximum instantaneous power density occurring when power is transmitted power density plane wave equivalent A commonly used term associated with any electromagnetic wave equal in magnitude to the power density of a plane wave having the same electric E or magnetic H field strength pulse modulated field An electromagnetic field
260. r Radio Frequency Safety Programs 3 kHz to 300 GHz http ieee org web standards home index html FOR FURTHER READING FCCOfficeofEngineeringandTechnology Bulletin 65 08 1997 http www fcc gov oet info documents bulletins 65 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program Attachment 1 Electromagnetic Applications Questionnaire Organization Profile Organization Address City State Zip Code Individual Completing Form Name Title Phone Number Ext Fax E mail Number of Employees Brief description of organization products services etc Number of completed forms enclosed Form A Form B Date questionnaire completed narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 135 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program FORMA MANUFACTURING 1 Person completing form Organization Name Title Dept Telephone Ext E mail Date Completed 2 Does your facility utilize any of the following devices YES NO a Flow solder machines b Induction Heaters c Plasma et
261. r controlled environment For countries which follow the ICNIRP recommendations the exposure limits are 1 mW cm for the frequencies men tioned above 74 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NIM Series Industrial Field Meters Specifications Display Type Transflective LCD monochrome LED backlight Display Size 4 cm 1 5 128 x 64 dots Refresh Rate 400 ms Result Display E field or H field value selectable 4 digits Result Units mW cm W m V m A m ACT displays the actual value MAX holds the maximum of the measured values AVG displays the 6 min time averaged result SPATIAL displays a spatially averaged result Result Types isotropic RSS Hold Hold button to freeze the value that is currently displayed Zeroing Automatic zeroing after power on and repetitively every 15 min Field Type Electric E field and magnetic H field Frequency Range 300 kHz to 100 MHz 10 MHz to 42 MHz E field 0 1 to 100 mW cm 20 to 614 V m H field 0 2 to 200 mW cm 0 073 to 2 3 A m Measurement Range CW damage Level 50 W cm Sensor Type Two diode based systems for E field and H field Directivity Isotropic Tri axial Readout Mode Spatial Assessment Combined 3 axes RSS E field 0 dB 13 56 MHz E field 0 dB 27 12 MHz Flatness of Frequ
262. r guidance Accuracy specified as the mean of the radial and vertical orientations 10 to 1600 MHz and mean of the vertical and horizontal orientations 1600 MHz to 50 GHz Determined by DIP switch setting inside battery compartment There is an additional 1 dB uncertainty in the alarm threshold when the SMARTS II is set to 1096 of Standard A switch inside the battery compartment determines whether the battery or an external supply powers the monitor e Voltage choice 12 Vdc or 24 Vdc determined by wiring of cable that connects to 9 pin connector The external power supply must be floating not grounded NOTE a Equivalent to IEC Publication 529 Type IP 66 or CSA Standard C22 2 No 94 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 93 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us Personal and Area Monitors Smarts II Area Monitors Outline Drawings SMARTS II 9 84 249 94 mm 8 11 205 89 mm 9 40 238 88 Ez 4 60 116 77mm 2X 230 DIA 5 84 mm Or 39 E E o o nM QN o a N CONNECTOR D SUBMINIATURE MALE WEATHERPROOF HOUSING PIN DESCRIPTION B 24V FLOATING A 12V FLOATING n K V FLOATING G N C RELAY CONTACTS H COM RELAY CONTACTS J N O RELAY CONTACTS ES P GND 28 0 cm ENABLE RECORDER
263. rda s accreditation encompasses frequencies from 100 kHz to 45 5 GHz generated in our three distinct systems that are used to calibrate our NBM series field probes We have a unique capability to generate high level fields over a required target area to offer the most accurate validation of our prod uct s performance Our uncertainties are some of the lowest in the industry WHAT IS UNCERTAINTY No measurement is ever guaranteed to be perfect Uncertainty of measurement is the doubt that exists about the result of any measurement By quantifying the possible spread of measurements we can say how confident we are about the result EXPRESSING UNCERTAINTY A measurement result is only complete when accompanied by a statement of its uncertainty A statement of uncertainty is required in order to decide if the result is adequate for its intended purpose and consistent with other similar results It does not matter how accurate a measuring instrument is con sidered to be the measurements made will always be subject to a certain amount of uncertainty CALIBRATION METHODS We use multiple calibration methods to establish and main tain accuracy Periodically our probes are sent directly to national standards laboratories in order to reaffirm our cal culated field levels Standard probes are used every day to verify our systems before any calibrations are performed Each probe is calibrated with the users meter after the meter has been verifi
264. re spond to the exposure standard The high frequency region 1 to 100 GHz is monitored by the thin film thermocouple dipole antenna which is both anten na and detector The surface charge sensor is separated from the high frequency thermocouple sensor by layered lossy material having resistivities of 600 ohms cm and 2500 ohms cm For the E field parallel to the lossy material E4 loss and dis sipation in the material will be far greater than the loss and dissipation for the E field E2 that is perpendicular to the lossy material The lossy material at low frequencies is virtu ally transparent The high frequency elements are thin film high resistance di poles normal to the E field that is to be sensed by the surface charge sensor As such they too will appear transparent HOT JUNCTION At higher frequencies the lossy material will be effective and dissipate energy reducing the scattering from the surface charge sensor The entire unit has a high resistance coating in the order of 300 k ohms square This prevents false triggering due to elec trostatic discharge but will not affect the frequency response The equivalent circuits of the three sensors each contain shaping circuits to adjust sensitivity over the frequency range to conform to the FCC standard or any other standard such as the IEEE or ICNIRP The lumped equivalent circuit of the thin film thermocouple appears as a low Q resonant circuit Adjus
265. re considerably more complex than single emitter sites Mobile emitters can be moved further complicating site measurements and future survey validity Additionally time may be a major factor both in the survey time required and coordination with people who will be required to operate the equipment Such surveys require careful planning to ensure minimal site disruption Begin the survey from a distance well beyond the calculated hazard distance Always begin a survey with the meter set on its highest measurement range While surveys are usually conducted to seek out the highest field levels more mean ingful results will be obtained if field readings are compared to calculated values at certain distances The probe should be held atthe maximum distance from your body If the direction to the emitter is not known or if there are multiple emitters the probe should be held at a 45 degree angle If there is a single emitter the probe should be pointed directly at the source to minimize isotropic errors Accuracy can be further improved by taking the mean reading while rotating the probe about its main axis Results should be con servatively rated If the system error is 2 to 3 dB then results should assume worst cases In other words multiply your readings by in this case 1 6 to 2 0 An antenna reflection can increase the field strength by a factor of 4 and you may wish to include this factor in your result Field levels are normally av
266. research The U S Navy and the U S Army have now relocated their non ionizing radiation research facilities to Brooks AFB The experiments were carried out in an an echoic chamber fed by a 45 W tunable Klystron transmitter located just outside the chamber The antenna was a 2 54 cm diameter horn and all experiments were carried out in the far field The accuracy of the facility had recently been verified by two separate outside organizations The probes were positioned precisely and the electric field was established to be equal to a five percent of the full scale measurement range of the probe This is standard practice for calibrating Narda probes because it results in a minimal linearity error As expected Models 8621D 8623D 8721 and 8723 had virtually no loss in sensitivity at 94 GHz The ultra broadband Models 8741 and 8722 plus the very high power Model 8725 did show a loss of sensitivity This was expected due to the somewhat different design of the detectors Two personal monitors and one area monitor were also checked for accuracy narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN MODEL SN factor RATIO 8723 8010 1 06 0 2 dB 8723 8011 1 06 0 8 dB 8721 13037 1 07 0 4 dB 8721 13031 0 96 0 8 dB 8725 07004 1 6 0 4 dB 8725 07003 1 4 0 8 dB 8623D 35044 0 96 0 6 dB 8623
267. resent signs not always oe or safety program Detectability present ve No Interlocks signs Multiple interlocks or Single Interlock or DAN ban signs Unintentional NS STE shielding or awareness of shielding passive shielding i n a F A I failures Intentional i Low action Medium Can or will expose Severity Uni T exposure level gt action exposure persons to higher than Dintendond potential levels allowed limits aut Emitter is mounted in Emitter is only used Emitter is accessible an accessible area with Intentional 1096 of the time ornot to persons sometimes M minimal barriers or normally accessible during maintenance a restriction to access Occurrence m zl Unintentional System rarely exposes persons due to design System has failed in the past or may fail without any other notice System has failed in the past and no design changes have been implemented Table 3 Suggested Multipliers for RPN narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 131 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program to any organization that has been through the certification process for ISO 9001 OS 9000 ISO TS 16949 or Six Sigma or when implementing FDA Good Manufacturing Practices GMPs since it is a
268. ring controls are changes or modifications designed into the system An example of an engineering control would be raising an antenna or moving it to the edge of the roof where people cannot normally get in front of it Pressurizing waveguide is an engineering control as are system interlocks designed into vinyl welder shields Engineering controls are almost always favored over adminis trative controls because they provide definitive engineered solutions RF Safety Program Exposure Categorization 10X Exposure H Limit Exposure Limit 0 Action INFORMATION No Sign Required Category Range of Exposure Conditions Table4 Signage vs Exposure Levels Administrative controls include signs barriers and RF moni tors personal and area They can be used where engineering controls are not possible such as when local zoning restricts antenna height In this case there may be no choice but to erect barriers and post signage in front of the antennas in or der to control the areas directly in front of them However be careful posting signs without a clear plan and good reasons for their location and what they say Table 4 shows the level of sign verbiage and graphics required at various RF exposure levels To be effective signs must be deployed consistently and it is as detrimental to over sign as it is to under sign a location The IEEE standard allows an organization to insert its own text under the warning symbo
269. robes normally use dipoles with either a diode or thermocouple as a detector Magnetic field probes normal ly use current loops with either a diode or a thermocouple as a detector Isotropic or omni directional probes use three sets of dipoles or loops and detectors One exception is the low frequency EFA 300 that uses an active plate antenna design in essence a small almost static field sensor that al lows the use of a small antenna despite a long wavelength Diodes have the advantage of being rugged and their high output results in little thermal or zero drift The major disad vantage is that they tend to peak detect pulsed signals and overestimate field levels whenever the signals are ampli tude modulated and especially if there are multiple signals A typical communications site now often contains radio and television antennas plus pagers emergency services and cel lular systems A simple diode probe typically overestimates the field strength by 1 2 dB but can overestimate by as much as 10 dB reads 25 6596 up to 100096 too high The other major disadvantage is that simple diodes are often overly sensitive to higher out of band signals Narda s diode probes are designed with larger square law regions to remain accurate in most field strength situations that are below human limits They are recommended for all applications except for pulsed systems where RMS average levels are sought but can be employed if the surveyor knows the
270. robes provide Electric or Magnetic and Flat or Shaped response coverage Detection is performed by diode thermocouple or compensated diode with thermocouple for the highest accuracy obtain able New to this series is the addition of an internal eeprom to each probe to identify the probe to the meter and provide all calibration and measurement range data We ve combined the best solutions from the EMR and 8700 series of probes and developed our new generation by building on past success All probes are more rugged in their design and feature improved specifications Unlike previ ous designs that incorporated a preamplifier in the handle to minimize cable flex variations the NBM series removes that measurement variable and always operate directly connected to the meter This new design improves low level stability reduces weight and improves reliability For uses where the probe needs to be separated from the meter Narda offers the NBM 520 meter fiber optic output to connect to the NBM 550 or directly to a computer The following pages will give you a better understanding of our current offerings of probes for the NBM series Applications Narda probes measure the mean squared field strength so that no matter what units you use they maintain their accuracy in the near or far fields Below is a partial list of their uses Radar Measurements Satellite Uplinks Wireless Communication Sites Television and Radio Broadcast In
271. ronic Engineers amp Technicians Environmental Health amp Safety Professionals 22 Management 1 Manufacturing Personnel d Other describe Training will be most convenient for me approximate date J Rooftops 1 Towers L Antenna Ranges J Production Test J Production Other describe Training Objectives 1 Basic Awareness LJ Full Topic Overview J Learn How to Develop an Appropriate Safety Program J Learn to Make Basic Measurements J Learn Advanced Measurement Techniques Comments Fax or Mail Questionnaire to Narda Seminar Center 435 Moreland Road Hauppauge NY 11788 Fax 631 231 1711 Tel 631 231 1700 Ext 242 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 11 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q9 L 3COM com www narda sts us AN RF Safety Training RF Field Measurements for Antenna Sites This video provides practical advice on making measurements at telecommunications antenna sites from Richard Tell a highly regarded measurement expert Description The telecommunications industry is growing rapidly In the United States the Federal Communications Commission has issued more stringent regulations for RF radiation Worldwide there is an increasing awareness and concern over this issue The rapid growth of the wireless communications industry has been the focus of many of these concerns Findi
272. rts eese teentttnns 102 Non metallic Tripod es 103 SRM Series External Battery and Charger 103 RF Radiation Safety Signs s 104 TECHNOLOGY e errori errem 105 Narda s Technology and Patented Designs 106 Product Selection ees 107 Definitions amp Glossary 109 Application Notes Non lonizing Radiation 113 SU c M 120 A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program eene ttes 126 Measuring RF Levels at Multi Signal Sites 139 Ultra Wideband Electromagnetic Radiation Monitor eese ennt 143 Electromagnetic Radiation Safety amp Heat Sealers 147 Heat Sealer Survey Record ss 151 Making Measurements from 50 100 GHz 152 Unit Conversion Tables And Formwulas 154 International Standards and Guidances 156 NARDA SAFETY TEST SOLUTIONS Ordering Information sss 160 SURVEY Meteli annie ti aa psal ebbe REDE 95 Warranty citri 161 Model 8230 Microwave Oven I Ec 96 Sales Representatives sss 161 CALIBRATION amp MAINTENANCE e 97 Alphabetical Index ss 162 Customer Service eee eese tentent tnntonnen 98 Model Number Index
273. ry to reserve the right to change specifications and prices without notice NOTE Minimum acceptable order 100 00 160 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Warranty and Sales Representatives LN Warranty Narda Safety Test Solutions Narda STS warrants each prod uct to be free from any defect in material and workmanship for a period of two years after delivery to and return by the original purchaser All warranty returns however must first be authorized by a factory office representative The limit of liability under this warranty shall be to repair or replace any product or part thereof which proves to be de fective after inspection by Narda STS This warranty shall not apply to any Narda STS product that has been disassembled modified physically or electrically damaged or any product that has been subjected to conditions exceeding the appli cable specifications or ratings Narda STS shall not be liable for any direct or consequential injury loss or damage incurred through the use or the inabil ity to use any Narda STS product Narda STS reserves the right to make design changes to any Narda STS product without incurring any obligation to make the same changes to previously purchased units This warranty is the full extent of obligation and liability as sumed by Narda
274. s the following sample calcula tions may be used NEAR FIELD The reactive near field will be approximately 10 of the radiating near field at a distance of A 2m and the far field may not begin until a distance of 2D X For those instances where a survey will be performed in the near field you can estimate certain antennas by using the following near field estimates For Omni directional wire type antennas the following calculation could be used The Cylindrical Model P 2nRh zi H would be height in meters and R would be an imaginary radius or distance away from the antenna to form an imagi nary cylinder P is power in Watts This equation yields a result in W m Arbitrary phases and amplitudes of both fields are present in the near field Measurements should be made with isotropic probes Surveys GAIN Typically 8 dB 20 dB or more for antenna arrays FAR FIELD Power density can be calculated using the follow ing calculation S W m PG And where P Average Power at antenna G Numerical Gain Gain dB 10 antilog d Distance from antenna meters 2 Higher Frequency Directional Antennas NEAR FIELD For Aperture electrically large usually many wavelengths antennas like parabolic reflector microwave antennas you can estimate the near field power density by using the formula 4P A where P is the power input to the antenna in Watts and A is the area of the antenna in meters This equation would yield
275. s Option Set adds a GPS receiver and conditional logging It also allows you to add voice storage to stored readings via our built in microphone By adding the power and versatility of audible comments to stored readings you will not have to remember the particulars of when and where readings were taken imagine that THE NBM 550 OPTION SET INCLUDES The Option Set is field or factory installable so it can be added any time you choose without having to return it to the factory NBM 550 Broadband Field Meter NBM TS Software supplied with NBM 550 The supplied NBM TS software provides for convenient data management documentation of results and future evalua tion It also provides you the capability to remotely control the NBM and perform firmware upgrades This innovative software package also allows you to link the optional GPS data with actual pictures from mapping programs like Google Earth making field survey data take on more rel evance with the reader And to ensure it will be viable for years to come this software was designed with Microsoft s Vista operating system in mind NOTE Narda strongly recommends that an optional check source be used to verify opera tion of the NBM Series Any device capable of generating an upscale indication at microwave frequencies is acceptable narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 61 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1
276. s deprived it of due process and that the board s decision was not supported by com petent scientific evidence AT amp T then appealed to the state supreme court which ruled that substantial evidence sup ported the compensation board s findings and because the board s procedural decisions did not deprive AT amp T of due process the superior court s judgment that affirmed the compensation board s ruling should stand The lesson here is that while the disability benefits them selves were not huge in monetary terms the case resulted in a string of expert witnesses on both sides eight years of liti gation tens of thousands of dollars or more in legal fees for AT amp T and still the company lost Even if AT amp T had won the costs of victory would still have been substantial perhaps not so much to a Fortune 500 company but certainly to a small manufacturer without deep pockets This precedent should be a warning to any company that believes RF safety cannot cost them dearly and that the threat comes only from govern ment agencies directly involved with RF safety narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 127 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes A Practical Guide for Establishing an RF Safety Program Step 1 Choose the Right Standard An organization s important first step is to decide which sta
277. s maintain ing the communications services equipment HVAC service personnel plant maintenance personnel and window wash ers among others Description The first half of this tape Describes what electromagnetic energy is and con trasts it with ionizing radiation differentiating both the sources and health effects e Explains the known health effects of EME tissue heating and shocks and burns and that itis not cumulative at low levels as with ionizing radiation Describes the major standards that exist Describes the issues with typical rooftop and tower sites The second half of this tape Explains the ten workplace rules that are referred to as Guidelines for Working in Radio Frequency Environments After each of the ten points are given and explained they are repeated in summary form Available in English and Spanish New DVD Format Available Ordering Information Order by part number from the table below PART NUMBER LANGUAGE FORMAT 42929000 English NTSC 42929001 English PAL 42929002 Spanish NTSC 42929003 Spanish PAL 42929008 English DVD ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM EME Spectrum lonizing Radiation Effects Accumulate Over Time E lonizing Radiation ELF RADIO FIELDS WAVES Visible Light Frequency 14 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda
278. s of the Nardalert XT and RadMan monitors have been extended to an entirely new product that builds on years of safety product leadership Sensor technology has been improved in this series by re designing not only the sensor itself but also by packaging it in a field replaceable package that contains all the elec tronic data necessary to maintain calibrated operation This new feature allows your S3 to stay in service without costly logistics to keep multiple units calibrated a major advantage for any NIR Safety Program Your new Nardalert S3 will always be capable of supporting new standards or guidance s and even different fields or frequencies allowing future ex pandability and extending longevity LCD Display Alarm events are always evident with visual LED s combined with vibra tion and audible notifications However to provide the user more accurate information than just simple alarms we ve incorporated a top mounted LCD The LCD simplifies operation showing key data at start up such as battery state and sensor information that the operator needs With RF microwave sensors attached the display indicates to the user the bands 1 GHz that are being detected Optioned units use the display to pro vide even more information such as exposure history logged data alarm indications and more narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 77 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E M
279. s us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN Measuring Static Magnetic Fields ranging from low fields up to 20 Tesla THM1176 3 Axis Hall Magnetometer Non Directional Measurement using an Isotropic 3 Axis HALL Probe High Field Probe 20 Tesla and Low Field Probe 8 mT versions Small Sized Field Point for Accurate Measurements in High Gradient Fields Frequency Range from DC to 1 kHz USB Probe Interface Bus Powered PC Control Software included for Windows Windows and Mac OS X PDA versions only Easy Operation by PDA Touch Screen Applications PDA Touch The Three axis Hall Magnetometer is used to measure the magnetic field flux den Screen sity Its unique extraordinarily compact design allows it to be used as a portable 3 Axis instrument or directly connected to a PC The probe is designed for measuring mag HALL Probe netic fields with frequencies from DC to 1 kHz Measurements on medical equipment magnetic resonance imaging MRI metal production equipment and railway sys tems are typical applications fTleTrmno zx Features Throo axis Hall Magnetometer THM1176 Max The total magnetic flux density is provided no matter the orientation of the probe B which greatly facilitates many measurement tasks such as field mapping Outstanding features are as follows Three Axes Simultaneous measurement of all three axes of the magnetic field pro Merroliah l SNR g P Three axis Hall Magnet
280. se or even stay the same until the distance from the antenna approaches the far field region Free space has a resistance to electromagnetic radiation otherwise no forms of radio or TV communication could exist When a plane wave condition exists the impedance is a constant value of 377 ohms In the near field the im pedance will vary with the ratio of the E electric to H magnetic fields A higher impedance indicates a stronger E field while a lower impedance indicates a stronger H field and neither may be constant until the distance approaches the far field When performing measurements in the near field you must measure both field components separately while in the far field you need to measure only one usually the E field Standards used to determine compliance may also specify what measurements are to be made IEEE C95 1 2005 specifies 30 MHz as the crossover point between measuring both fields or only one More information on calculating field strengths is contained in the Narda Survey Application Note How ie Electromagnetic Radiation Characterized FREE SPACE IMPEDANCE CALCULATION The magnitude of the power density in a wave can be calcu lated from the vector product ExH E H sin narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy For angle of 90 as is the case in the far field sin 90 1 ExH E H When we look at our free space electromagnetic wave where th
281. sure of the public to the relatively steady fields emitted by power lines are now facing new chal lenges to provide answers regarding field exposure in the workplace According to various standards and regulations as well as to the European directive which will be effec tive from April 2012 work environments must be assessed in order to ensure that the maximum permitted field levels recommended in the ICNIRP guidelines are never exceeded The industrial environment not only encompasses devices generating relatively steady fields but also includes weld ing machines and other devices generating very complex or pulsed fields Simultaneous three axis measurement is therefore mandatory for these applications which consult ing companies industrial health and safety departments and workplace health and safety agencies will be asked to perform more and more in future EHP 50D Operation The EHP 50D adopts the same extremely flexible operating concept found in preceding models such as Stand Alone mode remote control by PC via an optical connection and remote E and H field sensor for portable field meter The EHP 50D as well as its different operating modes therefore appears to be the same as the EHP 50C but it has a com pletely new heart beating within it to give the highest level of performance even in the most complex situations The EHP 50D was designed to provide all the performance ca pacity and functions needed and is shown as th
282. sured value is below the most restrictive level which normally occurs in the 30 MHz to 300 MHz band a true RMS measurement from a conventional flat response probe will provide all the required information however if the mea sured value is greater than this limit the site or area may still be compliant depending on the relative contributions from signals outside this human resonance region It depends on how much energy is contributed by each emitter For example a site with AM FM and UHF pager signals simul taneously broadcast may produce a level of 5 mW cm in the instrument Assuming a relatively small portion of the energy is from the FM antenna and most of the energy is contributed by the AM antenna then the overall value of 5 mW cm may still be in compliance even though the limit for 30 MHz to 300 MHz is typically only 1 mW cm This effect is demonstrated by comparing the signal levels shown in Figures 2 and 3 In each figure a total power of 5 mW cm was measured but Figure 2 shows a level of 7196 of the standard while Figure 3 shows 16996 percent of the standard But how can the portion of the energy produced by each emitter be determined Traditionally there have been two solutions to this problem The first is to turn off all of the emit ters except one and make measurements of each emitter however cost constrictions have forced engineers to aban don Sunday night maintenance sessions conducted when traffic is
283. t carrying bag 655 000 005 TT 01 Telescopic Mast 120 420 cm with carrying bag 650 000 005 Soft Carrying Case 650 000 035 Rigid Case 650 000 059 Car Adapter 650 000 058 44 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Features Complete Solution for Selective Measurement of RF and Microwave Electromagnetic Fields Isotropic and Single Axis Measurements from 9 kHz to 6 GHz Excellent Immunity for Operation in High Field Strengths Automatic Antenna and Cable Detection Results in V m A m Power Density or Percentage of Permissible Limit Measures strength of single emitters in multiple emitter environments Ultra Wide Dynamic Range of 50 V m to 200 V m E Field Determines 5 Boundaries for FCC Compliance Resolution Bandwidths RBWs up to 20 MHz for UMTS and W CDMA 32 MHz Level Recorder and SCOPE Modes Designed for Outdoor Use rugged splash proof ergonomic design Equipped with GPS and voice recorder to simplify survey reports Optional SCOPE UMTS and LTE Modes The Selective Radiation Meter SRM 3006 is our second generation hand held sys tem for performing narrowband analysis of electromagnetic fields Unlike our NBM series broadband the SRM 3006 has the ability to give yo
284. t range at a given time 4 Hz to 32 MHz depending on the selected RBW ACT Displays the current actual value STANDARD Displays the selected safety standard OR MAX Maximum value within the time resolution interval corresponds to peak detector AVG Average value within the time resolution interval corresponds to RMS detector MIN Minimum value within the time resolution interval STANDARD Displays the selected safety standard Measurement Principle LTE Channel Selection Frequency Setting Resolution Channel Bandwidth CBW 6 dB nom Detection Filter Type Roll off factor Cell Specific Signals Signal Display of the average power level per Resource Element out of all elements of the considered signal Result Types applicable to all cell specific signals Axis Extrapolation Function Displayed Items Results Display Table Layout Setting Parameters Noise Threshold Extras transfer of parameters 54 Power level measurement of the cell specific and traffic independent signals PSS Primary Sync Signal SSS Secondary Sync Signal and RS Reference Signal of LTE cells support for FDD networks only By entering the center frequency Fcent 100 kHz for Fcent frequency entry Can be set to the following values No of subcarriers 72 180 300 600 900 1200 TBW MHz 1 08 27 4 5 9 0 13 5 18 CBW MHz 1 4 3 5 10 15 20 Transmit Bandwidth TBW is the occupied bandwidth of all su
285. table as required for Category 3 emitters Training Training is a fundamental essential element of every RF safe ty program without which no program can be successful Unfortunately the quality of training provided to employees is directly related to the quality of the trainer Many trained employees are either taught the wrong information or simply do not get any useful information at all Training should in clude basic information about EM radiation potential health effects standards and information about the controls to be employed such as signs and personal RF monitors and what to do when personal monitors alarm Employees also need to know what to do when they suspect they have been exposed to high levels of EM energy and that they should let the RFSO know if they have implanted metal or medical devices Summary After reading this far it should be apparent that RF safety is an important issue for any organization in which EM energy is employed both to protect employees contractors and the public and the organization itself The most technically difficult task in creating an RF safety program is the process of selecting the category into which the organization falls because in most cases it cannot be done without making comprehensive RF field measurements and interpreting the results The most challenging task overall is implementing the program from assigning and training the RFSO through cre ating the adminis
286. tection Result Type Axis Display Noise Suppression Others On Off Spectrum analysis followed by integration over user defined frequency bands services Automatic Auto depending on the narrowest user defined service bandwidth or user defined Manual for all services or separately defined for each individual service individual Set individually from a list or using the MR Search function for determining the optimum measurement range at a given time See Spectrum Analysis mode RMS integration time p RBW See Spectrum Analysis mode Isotropic measurement for direct display of the isotropic result Measurement in the direction of the X Y and Z axis separate measurement in one direction using an isotropic three axis measuring antenna Table view showing service names field strengths and the corresponding frequency band up to three columns Individual Screen Arrangement Sort Function according to various criteria Bar graph of services showing contribution of different Result Types Identifies whether measured values are above the device noise floor by setting a threshold selectable at 0 3 6 10 15 or 20 GB relative to device noise floor Measurement values below the threshold are shown as the absolute threshold value marked with lt less than threshold Measurement of services and gaps in the Service Table Others On or Measurement of services in the Service Table excluding gaps O
287. tenna design is dependent on the application and fre quency range of operation The table below gives some of the characteristics of the two major types of antennas wire and aperture narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes JAN ANTENNAS Wire Types Aperture Types Radiation from currents Radiation from fields induced in conductors reflected off a surface Static Rotating Low Directivity High Directivity Broad Beamwidth Narrow Beamwidth Dimensions on the order of many wavelengths Dimensions on the order of one wavelength or less Aperture antennas come in several forms Examples in clude arrays of low directivity elements aperture horns and a shaped reflector or lens illuminated by a broad beam radiator There are three distinct areas in front of an antenna that you need to be familiar with These areas are the reactive near field the radiating near field and the far field All antennas operate as a point source once you are beyond the Raleigh distance The Raleigh distance is that point where the field strength decreases inversely with the distance and the equivalent power density decreases with the square of the distance 1 Lower Frequency Omni Directional Antennas For lower frequency 1 GHz antennas i e non directional whip or rod type antenna
288. th confidence does not provide continuous monitoring against sudden equipment failure In contrast MONITORING EQUIPMENT is not designed for nor should it be used to make measurements requires only very limited training of personnel provides continuous monitoring in an area or for an individual Frequency Determine the operating frequency or frequencies of all the emitters or sources that may be present where you are going to make measurements or monitor Don t forget to include any sources that belong to another organization they may be contributing some energy to the environment that you will be in If any of the frequencies are below 30 MHz you will probably have to measure both the electric E field and the magnetic H field The survey system or monitor should be capable of accurately detecting all the relevent frequencies NARROWBAND vs BROADBAND For use between 100 kHz and 3 GHz Narda offers narrowband or broadband survey systems Generally narrowband equip ment is more useful in unknown outdoor environments like rooftops Broadband equipment is easier to employ indoors or when you know the frequency of the systems that you re planning to survey Narrowband also has much higher sen sitivity to measure levels that are well below human safety limits but could still interfere with sensitive communication systems narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy Micro
289. the door is opened Excessive food around the door gasket can increase leakage so ovens need to be kept clean 2 Oven Surveys Microwave ovens are normally tested when operating on their highest power level and with a load of water approximately 275 ml The test equipment is scanned about any surface of the oven paying close attention to the area of the door seal while holding the probe horizontally Most survey equipment will have a 5 cm spacer to allow you to hold the probe against a surface Response time for oven meters is usually around one second but can be up to 3 seconds so you need to scan the surface at an appropriate speed The Narda Model 8217 can perform additional testing allowing you to test the out put power of the oven by monitoring the temperature rise of the water load B INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT Industrial equipment that is used for heating drying and sealing is very common in the workplace These systems can operate from a few Hertz as in the case of induction heat ing at foundries up to hundreds of kilohertz Sputtering and plasma equipment usually operate at 13 56 MHz and heat sealing or vinyl welding devices usually operate at 27 12 MHz Before beginning your survey the emission frequency should be checked with a frequency counter spectrum analyzer or manufacturer supplied data Spectrum analysis is also useful for determining if equipment is generating multiple emis sions or harmonics when operated at
290. the surveyor s safety and to protect expensive surveying equipment from exces sively high field levels Performing the survey is the only way to truly know the field levels and to implement the correct strategy that is the most cost effective Before performing the survey it is important to know what instruments will be needed To determine this you must familiarize yourself with the measurement area and match instrument capability to the environment in this area For more information on performing surveys refer to the Narda s application note on surveys POWER DENSITY vs DISTANCE ALONG AXIS FROM ANTENNA APERTURE FOR SQUARE ROUND OR RECTANGULAR APERTURES Locus of Maxima W W 4 Far Field W n W Ar m Ks 2 X 7 c o a x o z o a o S o x 02 040 6 1 0 Ar A narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy Non lonizing Radiation REFERENCES Biological Effects of Radiofrequency Radiation edited by D F Cahill and J A Elder Environmental Protection Agency Report No EPA 600 8 83 026F 1984 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Fields 3 kHz to 300 GHz New York The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc IEEE C95 1 2005 for copies phone 800 678 IEEE Leonowich John A Ph D Sources of Microwave Radiofrequency Radiation 1987 Fundamentals of Electromagnetics 1987
291. thers Off 52 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Measurement Principle UMTS Channel Selection Resolution Bandwidth 3 dB Measurement Range Setting MR Range Frequency Setting Resolution Detection Filter Type Roll Off Factor Demodulation Algorithms Result Types Marker Functions in Hold mode only Bar graph Mixed and Graph display Evaluation Functions Received Demodulated Signal Axis Demodulation of the P CPICH Primary Common Pilot Channel as the basis for automatic assignment of measured field strength values to the individual UMTS radio cells defined as cell name tables By entering the center frequency Fcent By entering the channel number Chann 3 84 MHz fixed Set individually from a list or using the MR Search function for determining the optimum measurement range at a given time 100 kHz for Fcent frequency entry 0 5 x channel number for channel entry RMS integration time 10 ms Root Raised Cosine RRC 0 022 FAST SENSITIVE ACT Displays the instantaneous value combined with the maximum value MAX maximum hold function which occurred since the last reset AVG Averages over a selectable number of results 4 to 64 or over a specified
292. those originating from physio logical processes in the body and other natural phenomena exposure partial body Partial body exposure results when RF fields are substantially nonuniform over the body Fields that are nonuniform over volumes comparable to the human body may occur due to highly directional sources standing waves re radiating sources or in the near field see RF hot spot far field region That region of the field of an antenna where the angular field distribution is essentially independent of the distance from the antenna In this region also called the free space region the field has a predominantly plane wave character i e locally uniform distributions of electric field strength and magnetic field strength in planes transverse to the direction of propagation see Fraunhofer region field A mathematical specification in terms of position variables and time of a physical quantity such as the elec tric charge density for a scalar field and the electric field for a vector field An electrostatic field is produced by stationary charges such as a common magnet and an electromagnetic field by moving charges Fraunhofer region The electric and magnetic fields are per pendicular to each other thus making it possible to make measurements of one field and calculate the other see far field region frequency f The number of wave cycles per second pass ing a fixed point along the direction of propagation One
293. through a full 360 degrees Probes are evaluated for compliance with our specifications for frequency response and anisotropy at a constant field level Complete data in cluding before and after calibration factors is provided that contains methods equipment traceability results and un certainties Derived correction factors are re stored in the probe s eeprom ANSI Z540 Calibration Narda s standard calibration procedures are similar to the procedures used for new equipment The product is adjusted as required so that it is well within specification ANSI Z540 1 1994 similar to the now obsolete MIL STD 456624 requires that the equipment to be calibrated must first be measured to determine how it is reading before adjustment These val ues are then compared to the values that the particular meter or probe was originally set to Customers are advised in writ ing if a unit has changed by more than 1 5 dB since it was last calibrated The equipment is then calibrated in the nor mal manor Equipment calibrated under these procedures receive special calibration labels and certificates This is obvi ously a more involved procedure than a standard calibration and the costs are higher Repair Categories Narda uses several terms to define repair categories They are Standard or NIST Calibration This is Narda s standard calibration service that is traceable to the U S National Institute of Standards and Technology ANSI or MIL Calibr
294. ting the element resistance determines wherethe low frequency roll off will oc cur Each dipole of the element is made of a series of resistive thermocouples The cold junctions are conductive silver films having a geometry equal to a fraction of a square They will not dissipate any RF energy and will therefore remain cold The hot junctions are fabricated of resistive dissimilar metal lic films They will dissipate energy with a resultant increase in temperature and the generation of a thermoelectric voltage The hot and cold junctions are separated by a distance of less than one millimeter and therefore will be independent of am bient conditions In the surface charge sensor sensor R8 provides the roll off in the frequency response of the monitor above 1000 MHz The combination of resistor R1 capacitor C2 and the parallel 144 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN arrangement of capacitor C3 L1 and resistor R2 provides the low frequency roll off below 30 MHz Capacitor C1 across the detector diode provides the flat response between 30 and 300 MHz The flat response below 3 MHz is determined by C2 The dipole mid frequency sensor is a resistive dipole that contains circuitry to mirror the FCC standard The dipole resistances R1 and R8 together with capacitor C7 pro
295. tion Fee Narda charges a modest fee for each item that is evaluated and returned without performing a repair or calibration Microwave oven instruments are calibrated based on comparisons with FDA Narda XPRESS CAL GUARANTEED 15 DAY TURNAROUND FOR ALL CATALOG MODEL RF SAFETY PRODUCTS T ames 4 HERE S HOW IT WORKS 1 Contact us to get an RMA number so we know your unit is coming 2 Mark your package and shipping papers with your RMA number so we can identify it when it gets here 3 Giveus pre approval for calibration with your P O or credit card so we re not calling you for paperwork 4 Specify the type of calibration required Standard Commercial or MIL type How Often Should You Calibrate Your Probes Meters and Monitors The only measurement worth having is an accurate one For such precision we recommend annual calibrations for older probes and meters The newer NBM family products and SRM series have a factory recommended calibration interval of two years XPRESS CAL service is available from Narda New York and includes the 8700 and NBM series of survey instruments and Nardalert XT and S3 monitors only nthe interest of the environment Narda works a 9 80 schedule 80 hours in 9 days with every other Monday off Narda is also closed Christmas week and traditional national holidays narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1
296. tion RF Power Range 0 10 mW cm All instruments are calibrated prior to shipment traceable to PisPlay 2 2 Die LAD 1O poini fineer chaaley International Standards Resolution 0 1 mW cm The recommended calibration period is every two years at 9nsor SourceSpacing 5cm the discretion of the user Size 9 1 x 1 7 x 1 7 in 23 x 4 2 x 4 4 cm Weight 2 6 oz 80 grams Using the Instrument Face the instrument away from the potential RF source and depress the power button to turn the instrument on The LCD display will initially show zero mW cm Once on the instrument button must remain depressed throughout the test and the instrument cone brought into contact with the microwave oven surface While searching for a potential leak the instrument should be moved at a maxi mum rate of 5 cm per second On completing the test release the button and the instrument will power down 96 narda Safety Test Solutions an L3 communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE Customer Service Replacement Parte Xpress Cal Accessories narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 97 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Calibration and Maintenance Customer Service
297. trative procedures and training employees However in the long term the most daunting task for most organizations is ensuring that the program is properly admin istered which takes discipline and a corporate commitment to RF safety Nevertheless even though this commitment may never be challenged it only takes a single accident to drive home the point that the effort was worthwhile 134 To become more knowledgeable about RF and microwave technology RF safety programs standards and guidances and other related topics the resources in the References and For Further Reading sections provide a wealth of information In addition Narda Safety Test Solutions which has been in timately involved in the field of RF safety for more than 40 years can answer any questions about these or any other topics References 1 Supreme Court of the State of Alaska AT amp T Alascom v John Orchitt and The State Of Alaska Department Of Labor And Workforce Development Division Of Workers Compensation http www emrpolicy org litigation case_law docs att_ alascom_v_orchitt pdf 2 IEEE Standard C95 1 2005 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields 3 kHz to 300 GHz http ieee org web standards home index html 3 Index of EMF Standards World Health Organization http www who int docstore peh emf EMFStandards who 0102 4 IEEE Standard C95 7 2005 IEEE Recommended Practice fo
298. tric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter Specifications Basic Unit SRM 3006 Frequency Range Modes Resolution Bandwidths RBW Phase Noise SSB Reference Frequency 9 kHz to 6 GHz Spectrum Analysis Level Recorder Safety Evaluation SCOPE UMTS P CPICH Demodulation See specifications for each mode 10 kHz carrier spacing 70 dBc 1 Hz 300 kHz carrier spacing 100 dBc 1 Hz Initial Deviation 1 0 ppm Aging 5 0 ppm over 15 years Thermal Drift 1 5 ppm within specified operating temperature range Measurement Range Setting MR Display Range Maximum RF Power Level Maximum DC Voltage Intrinsic Noise RF Attenuation 2nd Order Intermodulation Products 3rd Order Intermodulation Products Extended Level Measurement Uncertainty Spurious Responses input related Spurious Responses residual 30 dBm to 20 dBm in steps of 1 dB 1 dB above the measurement range 27 dBm 50V MR 100 dB for RBW 1 kHz and f lt 30 MHz MR 96 dB for RBW 1 kHz and f lt 2 GHz MR 95 dB for RBW 1 kHz and f x 4 GHz MR 90 dB for RBW 1 kHz and f x 6 GHz Oto 50 dB in steps of 1 dB coupled with measurement range lt 40 dBc for two signals of level 6 dB below MR and a spectral line spacing of more than 1 MHz x 60 dBc for two signals of level 6 dB below MR and a spectral line spacing of more than 1 MHz 1 1 dB for the entire frequency band withi
299. ttachment 1 There are essentially two types of emitters that must be con sidered intentional emitters and unintentional emitters As its name implies an intentional emitter is one that intentionally emits EM energy as its end product A broadcast antenna is a perfect example An unintentional emitter is not intended to emit RF energy but can do so unintentionally because it em ploys EM energy to perform one or more of its functions An unintentional emitter could also be a re radiator on a rooftop or a waveguide carrying high levels of RF power that leaks and sends high levels of EM energy into the environment While it is relatively easy to calculate fields around a properly functioning antenna an intentional emitter it is much more difficult to calculate the potential effect of a waveguide or heat sealer shield that has failed an unintentional emitter In industrial and medical environments the task of identify ing emitters is less clear cut since some sources of EM energy may not appear to be emitters at all For example induction heaters and welders vinyl welders sputtering and ashing equipment employ high levels of RF or microwave energy to perform their intended functions but since the RF and micro wave functionality is embedded in the equipment its use is narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy 129 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3CO
300. tween the probe and the meter is useful For one handed measurements such as when climbing For making more accurate measurements below 10 MHz see page 128 o A fiber optic output is useful For making more accurate measurements without human perturbance For making measurements with the system separated from the surveyor by up to 20 meters or to remote the meter probe from a computer METERS Meter features to consider CALIBRATION There are two basic design options 1 The meter and probe are calibrated as a system with meter This is a less expensive design because there is less calibration work and an amplifier is not needed inside the probe The advantage of this approach is that the system can be calibrated as a set but this may require a larger exposure area to fully simulate field conditions 2 The probe and meter are calibrated as independent modules This design approach normally uses a microprocessor to provide calibration information directly to any meter it is connected to Any meter in the series can be used with any probe in the series without impacting calibration accuracy 16 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement LN Electric and Magnetic Field Instrument Selection Guide PROBE DESIGN Most probes are isotropic or omn
301. u results of individual emitters and also generate a total of all emitters The SRM 3006 allows you to verify compliance with the US FCC s 5 Rule as well as accurately detect fields well below domestic and international standards The SRM 3006 also has the ability to measure fields more accurately than broadband equipment and maybe more importantly it is able to give you more information than just the total like exactly what emitter or emitters are generating the most of the power narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 45 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement SRM 3006 Selective Radiation Meter No other measurement system gives you the informa tion and accuracy that the SRM 3006 does Narda Safety Test Solutions provides complete calibration informa tion standard with every unit just as you d expect from the world leader The US version of the SRM 3006 consists of a basic unit meter and a 3 axis E field antenna The meter is really an optimized spectrum analyzer covering 9 kHz to 6 GHz and modified to make accurate field strength readings with the help of our antennas You can operate the meter with any type of antenna for special measurements direction finding DTV measurements Roberts dipoles but you ll be impressed by the performance of Narda s designs We supply our SRM 300
302. uT 8 mT 80 mT RANGE LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH Overload Limit 32 uT 320 uT 800 uT 8 mT 8 mT 80 mT Noise Level typical 60 nT 320 nT 1 uT 8 uT 10 uT 80 uT Resolution RANGE LOW 1 nT Detection selectable RMS averaging time 1 s or Peak Value Display Mode selectable Instantaneous or Max Hold Analog Scope Output Three Channel X Y Z The open circuit analog output voltage is 800 mV when the field strength value Analog Output Level corresponds to the overload limit sensitivity 800 mV overload limit ELT 400 output impedance 50 Q load impedance 10 kQ Interface Fanar onrar Reou RS 232 19200 baud 8n1 XON XOFF 3 Wire 2 5 mm Stereo Jack Operating Temperature Range 10 C to 50 C Operating Humidity Range lt 95 30 C or lt 29 g m non condensing Weight Typical 2 Ibs 910 g with probe Dimensions Typical 7 1 x 3 9 x 22 inches 180 x 100 x 55 mm without probe probe 11 8 x 4 9 inches 300 x 125 mm Display Type LCD with Backlight refresh rate 4 times per second Battery NiMH Batteries 4 x Mignon AA exchangeable Operating Life Typical 12 hours Charger Unit 100 to 240 V AC 47 to 63 Hz fits all AC line connectors Charging Time Typical 2 hours Calibration Interval recommended 24 Months 26 narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Electric and Magnetic Field Me
303. uct name government prime contract with classification level and all shipping instructions For example Model 2271 101 Nardalert S3 Personal Monitor If any non standard features are desired they must be fully described to avoid any misunderstanding Address Orders Contracts and Checks to NARDA Safety Test Solutions USA 435 Moreland Road Hauppauge NY 11788 Telephone 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E mail NardaSTS L 3COM com Sandwiesenstr 7 72793 Pfullingen Germany Telephone 49 7121 9732 777 FAX 49 7121 9732 790 E mail support narda sts de GERMANY or in care of our Sales Representative in your area see page 161 a Bn d x Orders will be accepted via FAX or phone pending confirmation on your standard Purchase Order Form DOMESTIC TERMS Net 30 days Ex works unless otherwise specified Shipments are made to unrated firms C O D unless credit has been established or on receipt of advance payment Visa and MasterCard are also accepted EXPORT TERMS Full payment in advance of shipment or against irrevocable letter of credit confirmed by a United States bank All prices Ex works unless otherwise specified SHIPPING INFORMATION All sales are considered Ex works unless otherwise specified Any damage incurred during shipment should be settled between the customer and the carrier Shipments from the point of origin will normally be made by Parcel Post UPS Federal Express or Air Freight
304. uld not meet IEEE C95 1 even if operating as de signed This is because such equipment was designed and manufactured before strict attention was paid to nonioniz ing radiation in the workplace Sadly even some new RF heat How RF Heat Sealers Work RF heat sealers are relatively large industrial machines that have an RF gen erator within them The generator is comprised of three basic components a power supply oscillator and controls The power supply converts the line power source into high voltage direct current GENERATOR CONTROLS The oscillator circuit converts this power into RF energy generally at a fre quency of 27 12 MHz although other frequencies are sometimes used This frequency is one of the Industrial Scientific and Medical ISM frequencies designated by the Federal Communications Commission FCC for unlicensed operation The controls regulate and monitor the operation of the sealer as it heats the seal area The RF is applied to the work via an applicator which is generally an air operated press with interchangeable electrodes that vary in shape with the area to be sealed SHIELDS The operator typically places the item to be sealed on the applicator and then DUAL begins the sealing process by simultaneously pressing two switches The two D Eh switches are used to ensure that the operator s both hands are free ofthe press PETNE Once the switches are activated the press and shields begin to close Once the press
305. ure 2 with the same total field strength However this 100 energy distribution results in 16996 of 1 the standard 3 Photo1 A shaped probe is physically a little larger than a standard NBM Series isotropic probe The difference between the two lies in the shaped probe s frequency response curve which is shaped to mimic the requirements of a major standard narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 141 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Application Notes Measuring RF Levels at Multisignal Sites Measurement Uncertainty Several factors contribute to measurement uncertainty The first is frequency response which is typically 1 dB to 2 dB 425 to 55 Every probe has a certain amount of fre quency response deviation which is the amount of deviation from the correct measured value that a probe yields at vari ous frequencies The smaller the deviation the greater the accuracy In a flat re sponse probe the amount of frequency response deviation is compared to the ideal a straight line where a shaped probe is evaluated by how far it deviates from the standard it is de signed to mimic A certain amount of frequency deviation is unavoidable so it is important to calibrate the instrument at as many frequencies as possible Frequency response errors can be minimized by using a correction factor Correction
306. ve brought them to a bewildering array of products with many more to follow The explosive growth of the cellular telephone industry in the 1990s sparked interest in the possible health effects of EM energy as millions of people became glued to their phones The result of this attention was a media frenzy cul minating in books on the subject headlines in the most respected newspapers and magazines and television news stories as experts provided their opinions on the merit of various scientific studies All of this resulted in little more than arousing the public and boosting the careers of those involved Industry sponsored studies were conducted that not surprisingly largely concluded that EM energy either has no effect at the miniscule levels to which cellular phone users are exposed or has some possible effect the extent of which that would require further study That study con tinues today at a muted level and the headlines are gone essentially because unless conclusive proof supported by multiple undisputed studies is presented the ubiquity of wireless technology along with the beneficial uses of EM energy in medical and industrial applications will render moot the question of the hazards of low level EM exposure A POINT TO REMEMBER Nevertheless from a legal standpoint it simply does not mat ter whether proof positive of bodily harm does or does not exist Challenges to employers can come from unlikely places not
307. ve choice because control of the transmitter rests with a single organization and its frequency is known A broadband instrument may even be acceptable when there are several emitters at a site For ex ample a site may have five emitters owned or controlled by a single organization so their specifications especially ser vice types and operating frequencies are known and the authority to selectively turn each one on and off probably resides with a single person or group In other cases particularly multi emitter multi operator sit uations a narrowband instrument is really the only practical choice At a five emitter site where each emitter is owned and operated by a different organization there can be several im portant unknowns such as the type of service and frequency of operation In some cases the owners and operators of these systems also may not be known Even once information is be obtained it will generally be extremely difficult or even impossible for a single organization to gain the authority to turn all transmitters on and off for measurement purposes A narrowband instrument thus makes it possible for any organi zation wishing to know its contribution and the contributions of others at the site to quickly evaluate compliance 130 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us
308. ves that are cre ated when a rock is tossed into a body of water An electromagnetic wave consists of coupled electric and magnetic fields that oscillate at the same frequency as the charge source Frequency is the term used to describe the rates at which these charges move from zero to maximum charge back through zero to minimum charge and finally back to zero This action describes one complete cycle I A Wavelength FREQUENCY VS WAVELENGTH The energy that is formed by the moving charges move at the velocity of light which in free space is a distance of approximately 299 79 x 10 meters per second Therefore a single cycle per second or one cps would have a wave length of almost 300 million meters or over 186 thousand miles Simply put the wavelength is determined by dividing 299 790 kilometers per second by the frequency By dividing 299 790 kilometers by the wavelength A one arrives at the frequency In other words this determines how many com plete cycles are required for the radio waves to travel 299 790 kilometers As the frequency increases the wavelength de creases because velocity is constant in free space see the figure below The term Hertz is synonymous with cycles per second In stead of using the term kilo cps 1000 cycles per second it is more commonly described as kHz kilohertz One million cycles per second is similarly described as one megahertz MHz What is the Differ
309. vide the high frequency roll off Components R2 C3 and L5 provide the required frequency response from 3 MHz to 30 MHz of 20 GB per octave The flat response from 30 MHz to 300 MHz is provided by capacitor C7 and the dipole capaci tance C2 The frequency response of the monitor is shown with the FCC standard and the 3 dB tolerance bracketing the response curve The theoretical useful measurement range extends to about 140 GHz Its performance at 94 GHz was confirmed at Brooks AFB in San Antonio Texas see application note Making Measurements from 50 GHz to 100 GHz The internal circuits operate from a 3 6 V regulated supply powered by an RCR123 battery A separate 1 5 volt button cell powers the real time clock circuit The audio and vibrator alarms which draw the most current operate directly from the RCR123 battery The three sensor inputs feed three low noise operational amplifier circuits The output of these three circuits are cali brated in terms of Percent of Standard The monitor makes 32 measurements per second The entire system operates on a 0 25 second basis The four 0 25 second average percent ages are summed by the microprocessor to determine what level is displayed whether an alarm is activated and which values are stored as a part of the data logging function Data is stored in a non volatile memory THRESHOLD OF ALARM dB SURFACE AREA SENSOR Electromagnetic Radiation Monitor HAPING IRCUITR
310. wave Ovens versus All Other Sources Directional versus Omnidirectional Measurement All major standards around the world are human exposure standards Therefore you need to monitor or measure the energy from all directions and polarizations The isotropic probes used in Narda survey systems have sets of three in ternal sensors so that they pick up from all directions Most oven monitoring probes contain two sensors so that they are sensitive to the energy polarized in a plane These direc tional or anisotropic probes meet the needs of the leakage regulations for microwave ovens but do not satisfy any other standards Occasionally microwave oven type instruments are used to locate leaks in industrial equipment that operate at the same 2450 MHz frequency as microwave ovens 915 MHz for very old ovens These simple inexpensive units can be used to find leaks but should not be used to quantify the amount of human exposure Determine the Type of Detection Required Start by reviewing the discussion of sensor types that begins on page 16 of this catalog In summary Radar systems should only be measured with thermo couple sensors or detectors e Multi signal environments require RMS detection either thermocouple or compensated diode detectors Refer to the application note that begins on page 139 or cs AM modulated signals require RMS detection either thermocouple or compensated diode detectors Complex multi s
311. wave frequency area monitor that accurately detects electric fields even when mounted on conductive metallic surfaces Personal monitor for microwave frequencies that can be worn on the body and accurately detects the electric field Shaped response communication frequencies magnetic field personal monitor design e Flat response communication frequencies magnetic field personal monitor design Displacement current sensor design for accurate measurement of electric field on the body at lower frequencies Significant Narda Patente for Induced and Contact Current Measurement Instruments nduced Current Monitor Workmat Contact Current Meter Human Equivalent Antenna for induced current measurements ield narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Product Selection LN What equipment do you need Getting the Right Equipment Several factors should be considered before you decide what type of equipment you need Start by answering the ques tion Do want to make a measurement or do simply want to detect potentially hazardous levels In many cases you may decide to do both SURVEY EQUIPMENT provides accurate measurements and can be used to determine the level of compliance to a particular standard requires a reasonable level of training before it can be used wi
312. wer density is calculated from the Friis free space formula W GP 4ar where G Numerical Gain P Power input to antenna Watts r Distance away from antenna meters W Result in W m It is convenient to use the above equation as long as the distance r is a far field distance The far field would begin at a distance of r 0 6 D for a circular antenna For these antennas the effective area is less than the actual area usually on the order of 50 to 80 If 118 narda Safety Test Solutions an B communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us Application Notes LN the gain of a circular antenna is not known it can be approxi mated by G 4x An 22 where n would be on the order of 0 5 to 0 8 in order to account for the actual area used Equations are also available to esti mate power density at a certain distance from an antenna This is calculated from the output power measured at the input to the antenna and the known antenna gain G D Pavg X Gnum V 4n W m Where D distance in meters Pavg Avg Power in Watts The result is in W m Remember 1 mW cm 10 W m Why is a Survey Required A survey is required to have a real understanding of the RF environment Calculations can only provide an estimate of the field strengths involved and are merely a starting point Caution must be employed for
313. where high radiation levels are present such as e General RF Safety program measurements Service work on transmitting and radar equipment e Service work on mobile antennas broadcasting and satellite communication systems Working with heating and packaging machines in the food industry e Working with heating and hardening machines in the automotive industry Operating diathermy equipment and other medical instruments producing short wave radiation e Drying equipment in the tanning and timber industries narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 59 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement NBM 550 Broadband Field Meter Features DISPLAY Backlit Monochrome LCD readable even in bright daylight Graphical User Interface GUI with selectable languages OPERATION Simple to Use 9 button keypad Hold button soft key for freezing measurement display during readings User defined setups can be saved for repetitive survey needs Keypad can be locked to guard against inadvertent inputs User selectable auto off feature to save battery life READINGS DISPLAYED 5 Types of results can be displayed actual minimum maximum average and maximum average History Mode history memory operates continuously in the background allowing you to display past readings at any time
314. ww narda sts us AN Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement EFA 300 Field Analyzer Operating Modes Various standards and guidances take into account the fact that signal shape plays a major role in determining the work place limit For example in Germany the employers liability insurance association guideline on Electromagnetic Fields specifies different evaluation guidelines for different field shapes Stationary sinusoidal and pulsed fields are differenti ated Occasionally both the RMS value and the peak value with proper phase are critical for assessing exposure in the low frequency range This new generation of equipment greatly simplifies the measurement process Besides measuring the RMS and peak values with the classic filter technique the EFA 300 includes the highly innovative mode known as STD Shaped Time Domain With this new mode both instruments achieve a new standard in simple but reliable measurement even in very complex environments A standard s variation with frequency can be automatically taken into account and normalized Field strength results are provided in a Percent of Standard Knowledge about the signal shape frequency or frequency dependent limits is no longer needed For individual frequency and field strength analysis a very fast FFT Fast Fourier Transform mode which includes evalu ation of harmonics is available as an option Field Strength Mode Selective and Broadband Field Stre
315. x 3 8cm Case 1354X8101 X554 34 3cm x 20 3cm 14 0cm Weight 0 4 Ib 0 2 kg Temperature Operating 0 C to 50 C Non operating 40 C to 75 Humidity 0 to 95 non condensing Battery Operating Manual 600 ml Beaker Thermometer Carrying Case Accessories Supplied a The carrying case is foam lined to protect the meter in transit and in storage The meter manual beaker and thermometer are stored in the case narda Safety Test Solutions an E communications company USA Germany Italy 95 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN Microwave Oven Instruments Model 8230 Microwave Oven Survey System Automatic Auto Zero Low Battery Indication Calibration Data stored in EEPROM 9 9 9 9 Description The Narda 8230 microwave oven surveyor is a compact robust single range RF power measurement instrument designed to operate at 2 45 GHz Its primary function is the detection of RF microwave leakage from heating equipment such as commercial and domestic microwave ovens and in dustrial equipment etc Audible Warning at 1mW cm power level Micro controller Operation fully shielded Temperature Compensation Circuitry Specifications PARAMETER SPECIFICATION Power Source 9 Volt DC Battery Frequency 2 45 GHz 1 0 dB libration Accura CM Calpe ono ritu in plane wave of all polarizations Response to step input 1 sec Calibra
316. y USA Germany Italy 9 USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS Q L 3COM com www narda sts us AN RF Safety Training Custom Corporate RF Safety Training Program Standard Seminars and Courses Tailored to Fit Your Application Custom Programs Shorter or Longer to Fit Your Needs Multiple Short Employee Awareness Classes Training Options Narda has conducted many different types of RF safety courses for a broad range of customers The type of training that would be best for your organization depends on several factors The RF energy environment For example rooftop or tower communication antenna sites high power radar systems manufacturing equipment semiconductor production The exposure environment impacts the focus of the training The background of the personnel to be trained engineers and technicians management environmental health amp safety professionals manufacturing personnel all can be accommodated but their backgrounds and job functions must be considered e Training objectives from simple awareness to thorough overview to detailed survey measurement techniques and procedures your objectives will dictate the program One approach that has been used for several organizations is to provide either a half day or whole day training program for all personnel and have an additional half day focus on surveys and measurements Using this approach onl
317. y those who will be involved in making measurements attend the second part of the training program Previous Customers Narda has conducted custom training programs for numer ous organizations including AT amp T Cingular SBC Chrysler Hughes Information Technology Motorola National Association of Broadcasters JPL NOAA NASA SONY Texas Instruments US Air Force U S Army U S Navy Questionnaire Use the questionnaire on the next page as a guide to help you determine the type of training program desired Send the completed questionnaire to the Narda Seminar Center A training professional from Narda will contact you to review your requirements BY MAIL Narda Seminar Center 435 Moreland Road Hauppauge NY 11788 BY FAX 631 231 1711 BY TELEPHONE 631 231 1700 Ext 242 BY E MAIL nardaseminar L 3COM com 10 narda Safety Test Solutions an communications company USA Germany Italy USA TEL 1 631 231 1700 FAX 1 631 231 1711 E MAIL NardaSTS L 3COM com www narda sts us RF Safety Training LN RF Safety Training Questionnaire Organization Address City State Zip Contact Person Title Date Tel Fax CHECK ALL THAT APPLY RF Systems Environment LI Broadcast Wireless Communications I Satellite LJ Radar LJ EMC Test Semiconductor Process J Industrial Process describe Personnel to be Trained d Elect

Electric and Magnetic Field Measurement

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents